src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  13 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  14
  15 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  16     #pragma hdrstop
  17 #endif
  18
  19 #if wxUSE_GRID
  20
  21 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  22     #include "wx/utils.h"
  23     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  24     #include "wx/settings.h"
  25     #include "wx/log.h"
  26     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  27     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  28     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  29     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  30     #include "wx/intl.h"
  31     #include "wx/math.h"
  32 #endif
  33
  34 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  35 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  36 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  37 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  38
  39 #include "wx/grid.h"
  40 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  41
  42 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  43     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  44 #else
  45     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  46 #endif
  47
  48 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  49     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  50 #else
  51     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  52 #endif
  53
  54 // Required for wxIs... functions
  55 #include <ctype.h>
  56
  57 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  58 // array classes
  59 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  60
  61 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs,
  62                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  63
  64 struct wxGridCellWithAttr
  65 {
  66     wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_)
  67         : coords(row, col), attr(attr_)
  68     {
  69     }
  70
  71     ~wxGridCellWithAttr()
  72     {
  73         attr->DecRef();
  74     }
  75
  76     wxGridCellCoords coords;
  77     wxGridCellAttr  *attr;
  78
  79 // Cannot do this:
  80 //  DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellWithAttr)
  81 // without rewriting the macros, which require a public copy constructor.
  82 };
  83
  84 WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray,
  85                               class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  86
  87 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
  88
  89 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
  90 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
  91
  92 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  93 // events
  94 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  95
  96 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK)
  97 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK)
  98 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK)
  99 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 100 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG)
 101 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK)
 102 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK)
 103 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK)
 104 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK)
 105 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE)
 106 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE)
 107 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT)
 108 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE)
 109 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL)
 110 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN)
 111 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN)
 112 DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED)
 113
 114 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 115 // private classes
 116 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 117
 118 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 119 {
 120 public:
 121     wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 122     wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 123                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 124
 125 private:
 126     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 127
 128     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 129     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 130     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 131     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 132     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 133     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 134
 135     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 136     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 137     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow)
 138 };
 139
 140
 141 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 142 {
 143 public:
 144     wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 145     wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 146                           const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 147
 148 private:
 149     wxGrid   *m_owner;
 150
 151     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 152     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 153     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 154     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 155     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 156     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 157
 158     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 159     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 160     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow)
 161 };
 162
 163
 164 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow
 165 {
 166 public:
 167     wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; }
 168     wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id,
 169                              const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 170
 171 private:
 172     wxGrid *m_owner;
 173
 174     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 175     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 176     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event );
 177     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 178     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 179     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event );
 180
 181     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 182     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 183     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow)
 184 };
 185
 186 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridWindow : public wxWindow
 187 {
 188 public:
 189     wxGridWindow()
 190     {
 191         m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL;
 192         m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL;
 193         m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL;
 194     }
 195
 196     wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
 197                   wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
 198                   wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
 199                   wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size );
 200     ~wxGridWindow() {}
 201
 202     void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect );
 203
 204     wxGrid* GetOwner() { return m_owner; }
 205
 206 private:
 207     wxGrid                   *m_owner;
 208     wxGridRowLabelWindow     *m_rowLabelWin;
 209     wxGridColLabelWindow     *m_colLabelWin;
 210
 211     void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event );
 212     void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event );
 213     void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
 214     void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& );
 215     void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& );
 216     void OnChar( wxKeyEvent& );
 217     void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& );
 218     void OnFocus( wxFocusEvent& );
 219
 220     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 221     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 222     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridWindow)
 223 };
 224
 225
 226 class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler
 227 {
 228 public:
 229     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 230         : m_grid(grid),
 231           m_editor(editor),
 232           m_inSetFocus(false)
 233     {
 234     }
 235
 236     void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
 237     void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event);
 238     void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event);
 239
 240     void SetInSetFocus(bool inSetFocus) { m_inSetFocus = inSetFocus; }
 241
 242 private:
 243     wxGrid             *m_grid;
 244     wxGridCellEditor   *m_editor;
 245
 246     // Work around the fact that a focus kill event can be sent to
 247     // a combobox within a set focus event.
 248     bool                m_inSetFocus;
 249
 250     DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
 251     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 252     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler)
 253 };
 254
 255
 256 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 257
 258 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 259     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 260     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 261     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 262 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 263
 264
 265 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 266 // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider
 267 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 268
 269 // this class stores attributes set for cells
 270 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrData
 271 {
 272 public:
 273     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col);
 274     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const;
 275     void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows );
 276     void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols );
 277
 278 private:
 279     // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found
 280     int FindIndex(int row, int col) const;
 281
 282     wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs;
 283 };
 284
 285 // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns
 286 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 287 {
 288 public:
 289     // empty ctor to suppress warnings
 290     wxGridRowOrColAttrData() {}
 291     ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData();
 292
 293     void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol);
 294     wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const;
 295     void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols );
 296
 297 private:
 298     wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols;
 299     wxArrayAttrs m_attrs;
 300 };
 301
 302 // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell
 303 //     attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones
 304 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridCellAttrProviderData
 305 {
 306 public:
 307     wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs;
 308     wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs,
 309                            m_colAttrs;
 310 };
 311
 312
 313 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 314 // data structures used for the data type registry
 315 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 316
 317 struct wxGridDataTypeInfo
 318 {
 319     wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName,
 320                        wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 321                        wxGridCellEditor* editor)
 322         : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor)
 323         {}
 324
 325     ~wxGridDataTypeInfo()
 326     {
 327         wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer);
 328         wxSafeDecRef(m_editor);
 329     }
 330
 331     wxString            m_typeName;
 332     wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer;
 333     wxGridCellEditor*   m_editor;
 334
 335     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGridDataTypeInfo)
 336 };
 337
 338
 339 WX_DEFINE_ARRAY_WITH_DECL_PTR(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray,
 340                                  class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
 341
 342
 343 class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV wxGridTypeRegistry
 344 {
 345 public:
 346   wxGridTypeRegistry() {}
 347     ~wxGridTypeRegistry();
 348
 349     void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
 350                      wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
 351                      wxGridCellEditor* editor);
 352
 353     // find one of already registered data types
 354     int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 355
 356     // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of
 357     // standard typenames, register it and return its index
 358     int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 359
 360     // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already
 361     // registered data types with some params in which case clone the
 362     // registered data type and set params for it
 363     int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName);
 364
 365     wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index);
 366     wxGridCellEditor*   GetEditor(int index);
 367
 368 private:
 369     wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo;
 370 };
 371
 372
 373 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 374 // conditional compilation
 375 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 376
 377 #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
 378 #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1
 379 #endif
 380
 381 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 382 // globals
 383 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 384
 385 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 386 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
 387     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
 388     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
 389 #endif
 390
 391 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 392 // constants
 393 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 394
 395 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 396 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 397
 398 // scroll line size
 399 // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx
 400 //       calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars
 401 //       sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa
 402 //
 403 //       The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is
 404 //       surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!!
 405 //       -- Robin
 406 //
 407 //       Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs
 408 //       fixing anyhow
 409 //       -- Vadim
 410 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;  // 1;
 411 static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 412
 413 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 414 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 415 static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 416
 417 #if 0
 418 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 419 // private functions
 420 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 421
 422 static inline int GetScrollX(int x)
 423 {
 424     return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 425 }
 426
 427 static inline int GetScrollY(int y)
 428 {
 429     return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
 430 }
 431 #endif
 432
 433 // ============================================================================
 434 // implementation
 435 // ============================================================================
 436
 437 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 438 // wxGridCellEditor
 439 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 440
 441 wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor()
 442 {
 443     m_control = NULL;
 444     m_attr = NULL;
 445 }
 446
 447 wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor()
 448 {
 449     Destroy();
 450 }
 451
 452 void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent),
 453                               wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id),
 454                               wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 455 {
 456     if ( evtHandler )
 457         m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler);
 458 }
 459
 460 void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
 461                                        wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 462 {
 463     // erase the background because we might not fill the cell
 464     wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent());
 465     wxGridWindow* gridWindow = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetParent(), wxGridWindow);
 466     if (gridWindow)
 467         gridWindow->GetOwner()->PrepareDC(dc);
 468
 469     dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
 470     dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
 471     dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell);
 472
 473     // redraw the control we just painted over
 474     m_control->Refresh();
 475 }
 476
 477 void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy()
 478 {
 479     if (m_control)
 480     {
 481         m_control->PopEventHandler( true /* delete it*/ );
 482
 483         m_control->Destroy();
 484         m_control = NULL;
 485     }
 486 }
 487
 488 void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
 489 {
 490     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 491
 492     m_control->Show(show);
 493
 494     if ( show )
 495     {
 496         // set the colours/fonts if we have any
 497         if ( attr )
 498         {
 499             m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour();
 500             m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour());
 501
 502             m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour();
 503             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour());
 504
 505 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 506 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 507             m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont();
 508             m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont());
 509 #endif
 510
 511             // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other
 512             // attributes may only be used by the derived classes
 513         }
 514     }
 515     else
 516     {
 517         // restore the standard colours fonts
 518         if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() )
 519         {
 520             m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld);
 521             m_colFgOld = wxNullColour;
 522         }
 523
 524         if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() )
 525         {
 526             m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld);
 527             m_colBgOld = wxNullColour;
 528         }
 529
 530 // Workaround for GTK+1 font setting problem on some platforms
 531 #if !defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXGTK20__)
 532         if ( m_fontOld.Ok() )
 533         {
 534             m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld);
 535             m_fontOld = wxNullFont;
 536         }
 537 #endif
 538     }
 539 }
 540
 541 void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect)
 542 {
 543     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 544
 545     m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE);
 546 }
 547
 548 void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event)
 549 {
 550     event.Skip();
 551 }
 552
 553 bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 554 {
 555     bool ctrl = event.ControlDown();
 556     bool alt  = event.AltDown();
 557
 558 #ifdef __WXMAC__
 559     // On the Mac the Alt key is more like shift and is used for entry of
 560     // valid characters, so check for Ctrl and Meta instead.
 561     alt = event.MetaDown();
 562 #endif
 563
 564     // Assume it's not a valid char if ctrl or alt is down, but if both are
 565     // down then it may be because of an AltGr key combination, so let them
 566     // through in that case.
 567     if ((ctrl || alt) && !(ctrl && alt))
 568         return false;
 569
 570     int key = 0;
 571     bool keyOk = true;
 572
 573 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 574     // if the unicode key code is not really a unicode character (it may
 575     // be a function key or etc., the platforms appear to always give us a
 576     // small value in this case) then fallback to the ASCII key code but
 577     // don't do anything for function keys or etc.
 578     key = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 579     if (key <= 127)
 580     {
 581         key = event.GetKeyCode();
 582         keyOk = (key <= 127);
 583     }
 584 #else
 585     key = event.GetKeyCode();
 586     keyOk = (key <= 255);
 587 #endif
 588
 589     return keyOk;
 590 }
 591
 592 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 593 {
 594     event.Skip();
 595 }
 596
 597 void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick()
 598 {
 599 }
 600
 601 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
 602
 603 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 604 // wxGridCellTextEditor
 605 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 606
 607 wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor()
 608 {
 609     m_maxChars = 0;
 610 }
 611
 612 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 613                                   wxWindowID id,
 614                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 615 {
 616     m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
 617                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize
 618 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 619                                , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL
 620 #endif
 621                               );
 622
 623     // set max length allowed in the textctrl, if the parameter was set
 624     if (m_maxChars != 0)
 625     {
 626         ((wxTextCtrl*)m_control)->SetMaxLength(m_maxChars);
 627     }
 628
 629     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 630 }
 631
 632 void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell),
 633                                            wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr))
 634 {
 635     // as we fill the entire client area,
 636     // don't do anything here to minimize flicker
 637 }
 638
 639 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig)
 640 {
 641     wxRect rect(rectOrig);
 642
 643     // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal margins
 644     //
 645     // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for unix
 646     //
 647 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
 648     if (rect.x != 0)
 649     {
 650         rect.x += 1;
 651         rect.y += 1;
 652         rect.width -= 1;
 653         rect.height -= 1;
 654     }
 655 #else // !GTK
 656     int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 657
 658 // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show
 659 // when the editor is in the first row.
 660 #if defined(__WXMSW__)
 661     int extra_y = 2;
 662 #else
 663     int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 ) ? 2 : 1;
 664 #endif
 665
 666 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
 667     extra_x *= 2;
 668     extra_y *= 2;
 669 #endif
 670
 671     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) );
 672     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) );
 673     rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2 * extra_x );
 674     rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2 * extra_y );
 675 #endif // GTK/!GTK
 676
 677     wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect);
 678 }
 679
 680 void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 681 {
 682     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 683
 684     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
 685
 686     DoBeginEdit(m_startValue);
 687 }
 688
 689 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue)
 690 {
 691     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 692     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 693     Text()->SetSelection(-1, -1);
 694     Text()->SetFocus();
 695 }
 696
 697 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 698 {
 699     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 700
 701     bool changed = false;
 702     wxString value = Text()->GetValue();
 703     if (value != m_startValue)
 704         changed = true;
 705
 706     if (changed)
 707         grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
 708
 709     m_startValue = wxEmptyString;
 710
 711     // No point in setting the text of the hidden control
 712     //Text()->SetValue(m_startValue);
 713
 714     return changed;
 715 }
 716
 717 void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset()
 718 {
 719     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be created first!"));
 720
 721     DoReset(m_startValue);
 722 }
 723
 724 void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue)
 725 {
 726     Text()->SetValue(startValue);
 727     Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
 728 }
 729
 730 bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 731 {
 732     return wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event);
 733 }
 734
 735 void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 736 {
 737     // Since this is now happening in the EVT_CHAR event EmulateKeyPress is no
 738     // longer an appropriate way to get the character into the text control.
 739     // Do it ourselves instead.  We know that if we get this far that we have
 740     // a valid character, so not a whole lot of testing needs to be done.
 741
 742     wxTextCtrl* tc = Text();
 743     wxChar ch;
 744     long pos;
 745
 746 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 747     ch = event.GetUnicodeKey();
 748     if (ch <= 127)
 749         ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 750 #else
 751     ch = (wxChar)event.GetKeyCode();
 752 #endif
 753
 754     switch (ch)
 755     {
 756         case WXK_DELETE:
 757             // delete the character at the cursor
 758             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 759             if (pos < tc->GetLastPosition())
 760                 tc->Remove(pos, pos + 1);
 761             break;
 762
 763         case WXK_BACK:
 764             // delete the character before the cursor
 765             pos = tc->GetInsertionPoint();
 766             if (pos > 0)
 767                 tc->Remove(pos - 1, pos);
 768             break;
 769
 770         default:
 771             tc->WriteText(ch);
 772             break;
 773     }
 774 }
 775
 776 void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent&
 777                                          WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) )
 778 {
 779 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)
 780     // wxMotif needs a little extra help...
 781     size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() );
 782     wxString s( Text()->GetValue() );
 783     s = s.Left(pos) + wxT("\n") + s.Mid(pos);
 784     Text()->SetValue(s);
 785     Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos );
 786 #else
 787     // the other ports can handle a Return key press
 788     //
 789     event.Skip();
 790 #endif
 791 }
 792
 793 void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 794 {
 795     if ( !params )
 796     {
 797         // reset to default
 798         m_maxChars = 0;
 799     }
 800     else
 801     {
 802         long tmp;
 803         if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) )
 804         {
 805             wxLogDebug( _T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str() );
 806         }
 807         else
 808         {
 809             m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp;
 810         }
 811     }
 812 }
 813
 814 // return the value in the text control
 815 wxString wxGridCellTextEditor::GetValue() const
 816 {
 817     return Text()->GetValue();
 818 }
 819
 820 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 821 // wxGridCellNumberEditor
 822 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 823
 824 wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max)
 825 {
 826     m_min = min;
 827     m_max = max;
 828 }
 829
 830 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
 831                                     wxWindowID id,
 832                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
 833 {
 834 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 835     if ( HasRange() )
 836     {
 837         // create a spin ctrl
 838         m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString,
 839                                    wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
 840                                    wxSP_ARROW_KEYS,
 841                                    m_min, m_max);
 842
 843         wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 844     }
 845     else
 846 #endif
 847     {
 848         // just a text control
 849         wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
 850
 851 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 852         Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
 853 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
 854     }
 855 }
 856
 857 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
 858 {
 859     // first get the value
 860     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
 861     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
 862     {
 863         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col);
 864     }
 865     else
 866     {
 867         m_valueOld = 0;
 868         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
 869         if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
 870         {
 871             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") );
 872             return;
 873         }
 874     }
 875
 876 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 877     if ( HasRange() )
 878     {
 879         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 880         Spin()->SetFocus();
 881     }
 882     else
 883 #endif
 884     {
 885         DoBeginEdit(GetString());
 886     }
 887 }
 888
 889 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
 890                                      wxGrid* grid)
 891 {
 892     bool changed;
 893     long value = 0;
 894     wxString text;
 895
 896 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 897     if ( HasRange() )
 898     {
 899         value = Spin()->GetValue();
 900         changed = value != m_valueOld;
 901         if (changed)
 902             text = wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value);
 903     }
 904     else
 905 #endif
 906     {
 907         text = Text()->GetValue();
 908         changed = (text.empty() || text.ToLong(&value)) && (value != m_valueOld);
 909     }
 910
 911     if ( changed )
 912     {
 913         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER))
 914             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value);
 915         else
 916             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
 917     }
 918
 919     return changed;
 920 }
 921
 922 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset()
 923 {
 924 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 925     if ( HasRange() )
 926     {
 927         Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld);
 928     }
 929     else
 930 #endif
 931     {
 932         DoReset(GetString());
 933     }
 934 }
 935
 936 bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 937 {
 938     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
 939     {
 940         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 941         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
 942              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'))
 943         {
 944             return true;
 945         }
 946     }
 947
 948     return false;
 949 }
 950
 951 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
 952 {
 953     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
 954     if ( !HasRange() )
 955     {
 956         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-')
 957         {
 958             wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
 959
 960             // skip Skip() below
 961             return;
 962         }
 963     }
 964 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 965     else
 966     {
 967         if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) )
 968         {
 969             wxSpinCtrl* spin = (wxSpinCtrl*)m_control;
 970             spin->SetValue(keycode - '0');
 971             spin->SetSelection(1,1);
 972             return;
 973         }
 974     }
 975 #endif
 976
 977     event.Skip();
 978 }
 979
 980 void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
 981 {
 982     if ( !params )
 983     {
 984         // reset to default
 985         m_min =
 986         m_max = -1;
 987     }
 988     else
 989     {
 990         long tmp;
 991         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 992         {
 993             m_min = (int)tmp;
 994
 995             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
 996             {
 997                 m_max = (int)tmp;
 998
 999                 // skip the error message below
1000                 return;
1001             }
1002         }
1003
1004         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1005     }
1006 }
1007
1008 // return the value in the spin control if it is there (the text control otherwise)
1009 wxString wxGridCellNumberEditor::GetValue() const
1010 {
1011     wxString s;
1012
1013 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
1014     if ( HasRange() )
1015     {
1016         long value = Spin()->GetValue();
1017         s.Printf(wxT("%ld"), value);
1018     }
1019     else
1020 #endif
1021     {
1022         s = Text()->GetValue();
1023     }
1024
1025     return s;
1026 }
1027
1028 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1029 // wxGridCellFloatEditor
1030 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1031
1032 wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision)
1033 {
1034     m_width = width;
1035     m_precision = precision;
1036 }
1037
1038 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1039                                    wxWindowID id,
1040                                    wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1041 {
1042     wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1043
1044 #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1045     Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC));
1046 #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS
1047 }
1048
1049 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1050 {
1051     // first get the value
1052     wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable();
1053     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1054     {
1055         m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1056     }
1057     else
1058     {
1059         m_valueOld = 0.0;
1060         wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col);
1061         if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld) && ! sValue.empty())
1062         {
1063             wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") );
1064             return;
1065         }
1066     }
1067
1068     DoBeginEdit(GetString());
1069 }
1070
1071 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1072                                      wxGrid* grid)
1073 {
1074     double value = 0.0;
1075     wxString text(Text()->GetValue());
1076
1077     if ( (text.empty() || text.ToDouble(&value)) &&
1078             !wxIsSameDouble(value, m_valueOld) )
1079     {
1080         if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT))
1081             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value);
1082         else
1083             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, text);
1084
1085         return true;
1086     }
1087
1088     return false;
1089 }
1090
1091 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset()
1092 {
1093     DoReset(GetString());
1094 }
1095
1096 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1097 {
1098     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1099     char tmpbuf[2];
1100     tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1101     tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1102     wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1103
1104 #if wxUSE_INTL
1105     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf ==
1106        wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT, wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1107 #else
1108     bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1109 #endif
1110
1111     if ( wxIsdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-'
1112          || is_decimal_point )
1113     {
1114         wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event);
1115
1116         // skip Skip() below
1117         return;
1118     }
1119
1120     event.Skip();
1121 }
1122
1123 void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1124 {
1125     if ( !params )
1126     {
1127         // reset to default
1128         m_width =
1129         m_precision = -1;
1130     }
1131     else
1132     {
1133         long tmp;
1134         if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1135         {
1136             m_width = (int)tmp;
1137
1138             if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) )
1139             {
1140                 m_precision = (int)tmp;
1141
1142                 // skip the error message below
1143                 return;
1144             }
1145         }
1146
1147         wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str());
1148     }
1149 }
1150
1151 wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const
1152 {
1153     wxString fmt;
1154     if ( m_precision == -1 && m_width != -1)
1155     {
1156         // default precision
1157         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
1158     }
1159     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width == -1)
1160     {
1161         // default width
1162         fmt.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
1163     }
1164     else if ( m_precision != -1 && m_width != -1 )
1165     {
1166         fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
1167     }
1168     else
1169     {
1170         // default width/precision
1171         fmt = _T("%f");
1172     }
1173
1174     return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld);
1175 }
1176
1177 bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1178 {
1179     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1180     {
1181         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1182         printf("%d\n", keycode);
1183         // accept digits, 'e' as in '1e+6', also '-', '+', and '.'
1184         char tmpbuf[2];
1185         tmpbuf[0] = (char) keycode;
1186         tmpbuf[1] = '\0';
1187         wxString strbuf(tmpbuf, *wxConvCurrent);
1188
1189 #if wxUSE_INTL
1190         bool is_decimal_point =
1191             ( strbuf == wxLocale::GetInfo(wxLOCALE_DECIMAL_POINT,
1192                                           wxLOCALE_CAT_NUMBER) );
1193 #else
1194         bool is_decimal_point = ( strbuf == _T(".") );
1195 #endif
1196
1197         if ( (keycode < 128) &&
1198              (wxIsdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e' ||
1199               is_decimal_point || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-') )
1200         {
1201             return true;
1202         }
1203     }
1204
1205     return false;
1206 }
1207
1208 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
1209
1210 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1211
1212 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1213 // wxGridCellBoolEditor
1214 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1215
1216 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1217                                   wxWindowID id,
1218                                   wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1219 {
1220     m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1221                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1222                                wxNO_BORDER);
1223
1224     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1225 }
1226
1227 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r)
1228 {
1229     bool resize = false;
1230     wxSize size = m_control->GetSize();
1231     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height);
1232
1233     // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell
1234     wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize();
1235     if ( !(size == sizeBest) )
1236     {
1237         // reset to default size if it had been made smaller
1238         size = sizeBest;
1239
1240         resize = true;
1241     }
1242
1243     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
1244     {
1245         // leave 1 pixel margin
1246         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
1247
1248         resize = true;
1249     }
1250
1251     if ( resize )
1252     {
1253         m_control->SetSize(size);
1254     }
1255
1256     // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?)
1257
1258 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__)
1259     // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK,
1260     // so shift it to the right
1261     size.x -= 8;
1262 #elif defined(__WXMSW__)
1263     // here too, but in other way
1264     size.x += 1;
1265     size.y -= 2;
1266 #endif
1267
1268     int hAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1269     int vAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
1270     if (GetCellAttr())
1271         GetCellAttr()->GetAlignment(& hAlign, & vAlign);
1272
1273     int x = 0, y = 0;
1274     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
1275     {
1276         x = r.x + 2;
1277
1278 #ifdef __WXMSW__
1279         x += 2;
1280 #endif
1281
1282         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1283     }
1284     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
1285     {
1286         x = r.x + r.width - size.x - 2;
1287         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1288     }
1289     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
1290     {
1291         x = r.x + r.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
1292         y = r.y + r.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
1293     }
1294
1295     m_control->Move(x, y);
1296 }
1297
1298 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
1299 {
1300     m_control->Show(show);
1301
1302     if ( show )
1303     {
1304         wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY;
1305         CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg);
1306     }
1307 }
1308
1309 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1310 {
1311     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1312                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1313
1314     if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1315     {
1316         m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
1317     }
1318     else
1319     {
1320         wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
1321         m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
1322     }
1323
1324     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1325     CBox()->SetFocus();
1326 }
1327
1328 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1329                                    wxGrid* grid)
1330 {
1331     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1332                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1333
1334     bool changed = false;
1335     bool value = CBox()->GetValue();
1336     if ( value != m_startValue )
1337         changed = true;
1338
1339     if ( changed )
1340     {
1341         if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL))
1342             grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value);
1343         else
1344             grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString);
1345     }
1346
1347     return changed;
1348 }
1349
1350 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset()
1351 {
1352     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1353                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1354
1355     CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1356 }
1357
1358 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick()
1359 {
1360     CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1361 }
1362
1363 bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1364 {
1365     if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) )
1366     {
1367         int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1368         switch ( keycode )
1369         {
1370             case WXK_SPACE:
1371             case '+':
1372             case '-':
1373                 return true;
1374         }
1375     }
1376
1377     return false;
1378 }
1379
1380 void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event)
1381 {
1382     int keycode = event.GetKeyCode();
1383     switch ( keycode )
1384     {
1385         case WXK_SPACE:
1386             CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue());
1387             break;
1388
1389         case '+':
1390             CBox()->SetValue(true);
1391             break;
1392
1393         case '-':
1394             CBox()->SetValue(false);
1395             break;
1396     }
1397 }
1398
1399
1400 // return the value as "1" for true and the empty string for false
1401 wxString wxGridCellBoolEditor::GetValue() const
1402 {
1403   bool bSet = CBox()->GetValue();
1404   return bSet ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString;
1405 }
1406
1407 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
1408
1409 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1410
1411 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1412 // wxGridCellChoiceEditor
1413 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1414
1415 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(const wxArrayString& choices,
1416                                                bool allowOthers)
1417     : m_choices(choices),
1418       m_allowOthers(allowOthers) { }
1419
1420 wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count,
1421                                                const wxString choices[],
1422                                                bool allowOthers)
1423                       : m_allowOthers(allowOthers)
1424 {
1425     if ( count )
1426     {
1427         m_choices.Alloc(count);
1428         for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
1429         {
1430             m_choices.Add(choices[n]);
1431         }
1432     }
1433 }
1434
1435 wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const
1436 {
1437     wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor;
1438     editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers;
1439     editor->m_choices = m_choices;
1440
1441     return editor;
1442 }
1443
1444 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent,
1445                                     wxWindowID id,
1446                                     wxEvtHandler* evtHandler)
1447 {
1448     m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString,
1449                                wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize,
1450                                m_choices,
1451                                m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY);
1452
1453     wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler);
1454 }
1455
1456 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell,
1457                                              wxGridCellAttr * attr)
1458 {
1459     // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize
1460     // flicker
1461
1462     // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a
1463     // combo always defaults to the standard...  Until someone has time to
1464     // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way...
1465     wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr);
1466 }
1467
1468 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid)
1469 {
1470     wxASSERT_MSG(m_control,
1471                  wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!"));
1472
1473     wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler* evtHandler = NULL;
1474     if (m_control)
1475         evtHandler = wxDynamicCast(m_control->GetEventHandler(), wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler);
1476
1477     // Don't immediately end if we get a kill focus event within BeginEdit
1478     if (evtHandler)
1479         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(true);
1480
1481     m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col);
1482
1483     if (m_allowOthers)
1484     {
1485         Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1486     }
1487     else
1488     {
1489         // find the right position, or default to the first if not found
1490         int pos = Combo()->FindString(m_startValue);
1491         if (pos == wxNOT_FOUND)
1492             pos = 0;
1493         Combo()->SetSelection(pos);
1494     }
1495
1496     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1497     Combo()->SetFocus();
1498
1499     if (evtHandler)
1500     {
1501         // When dropping down the menu, a kill focus event
1502         // happens after this point, so we can't reset the flag yet.
1503 #if !defined(__WXGTK20__)
1504         evtHandler->SetInSetFocus(false);
1505 #endif
1506     }
1507 }
1508
1509 bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col,
1510                                      wxGrid* grid)
1511 {
1512     wxString value = Combo()->GetValue();
1513     if ( value == m_startValue )
1514         return false;
1515
1516     grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value);
1517
1518     return true;
1519 }
1520
1521 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset()
1522 {
1523     Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue);
1524     Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd();
1525 }
1526
1527 void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
1528 {
1529     if ( !params )
1530     {
1531         // what can we do?
1532         return;
1533     }
1534
1535     m_choices.Empty();
1536
1537     wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(','));
1538     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1539     {
1540         m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken());
1541     }
1542 }
1543
1544 // return the value in the text control
1545 wxString wxGridCellChoiceEditor::GetValue() const
1546 {
1547   return Combo()->GetValue();
1548 }
1549
1550 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
1551
1552 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1553 // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler
1554 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1555
1556 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1557 {
1558     // Don't disable the cell if we're just starting to edit it
1559     if (m_inSetFocus)
1560         return;
1561
1562     // accept changes
1563     m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1564
1565     event.Skip();
1566 }
1567
1568 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event)
1569 {
1570     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1571     {
1572         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1573             m_editor->Reset();
1574             m_grid->DisableCellEditControl();
1575             break;
1576
1577         case WXK_TAB:
1578             m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
1579             break;
1580
1581         case WXK_RETURN:
1582         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1583             if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1584                 m_editor->HandleReturn(event);
1585             break;
1586
1587         default:
1588             event.Skip();
1589             break;
1590     }
1591 }
1592
1593 void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
1594 {
1595     int row = m_grid->GetGridCursorRow();
1596     int col = m_grid->GetGridCursorCol();
1597     wxRect rect = m_grid->CellToRect( row, col );
1598     int cw, ch;
1599     m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
1600
1601     // if cell width is smaller than grid client area, cell is wholly visible
1602     bool wholeCellVisible = (rect.GetWidth() < cw);
1603
1604     switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
1605     {
1606         case WXK_ESCAPE:
1607         case WXK_TAB:
1608         case WXK_RETURN:
1609         case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
1610             break;
1611
1612         case WXK_HOME:
1613         {
1614             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1615             {
1616                 // no special processing needed...
1617                 event.Skip();
1618                 break;
1619             }
1620
1621             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1622
1623             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1624             int colXPos = 0;
1625             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1626             {
1627                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1628             }
1629
1630             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1631             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1632             if (col != 0)
1633             {
1634                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1635             }
1636             else
1637             {
1638                 m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1639             }
1640             event.Skip();
1641             break;
1642         }
1643         case WXK_END:
1644         {
1645             if ( wholeCellVisible )
1646             {
1647                 // no special processing needed...
1648                 event.Skip();
1649                 break;
1650             }
1651
1652             // do special processing for partly visible cell...
1653
1654             int textWidth = 0;
1655             wxString value = m_grid->GetCellValue(row, col);
1656             if ( wxEmptyString != value )
1657             {
1658                 // get width of cell CONTENTS (text)
1659                 int y;
1660                 wxFont font = m_grid->GetCellFont(row, col);
1661                 m_grid->GetTextExtent(value, &textWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &font);
1662
1663                 // try to RIGHT align the text by scrolling
1664                 int client_right = m_grid->GetGridWindow()->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
1665
1666                 // (m_grid->GetScrollLineX()*2) is a factor for not scrolling to far,
1667                 // otherwise the last part of the cell content might be hidden below the scroll bar
1668                 // FIXME: maybe there is a more suitable correction?
1669                 textWidth -= (client_right - (m_grid->GetScrollLineX() * 2));
1670                 if ( textWidth < 0 )
1671                 {
1672                     textWidth = 0;
1673                 }
1674             }
1675
1676             // get the widths of all cells previous to this one
1677             int colXPos = 0;
1678             for ( int i = 0; i < col; i++ )
1679             {
1680                 colXPos += m_grid->GetColSize(i);
1681             }
1682
1683             // and add the (modified) text width of the cell contents
1684             // as we'd like to see the last part of the cell contents
1685             colXPos += textWidth;
1686
1687             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
1688             m_grid->GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xUnit, &yUnit);
1689             m_grid->Scroll(colXPos / xUnit - 1, m_grid->GetScrollPos(wxVERTICAL));
1690             event.Skip();
1691             break;
1692         }
1693
1694         default:
1695             event.Skip();
1696     }
1697 }
1698
1699 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1700 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
1701 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
1702 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1703
1704 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
1705 {
1706     // nothing to do
1707 }
1708
1709 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
1710 {
1711 }
1712
1713 // ============================================================================
1714 // renderer classes
1715 // ============================================================================
1716
1717 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1718 // wxGridCellRenderer
1719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1720
1721 void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1722                               wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1723                               wxDC& dc,
1724                               const wxRect& rect,
1725                               int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1726                               bool isSelected)
1727 {
1728     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID );
1729
1730     // grey out fields if the grid is disabled
1731     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1732     {
1733         if ( isSelected )
1734         {
1735             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) );
1736         }
1737         else
1738         {
1739             dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
1740         }
1741     }
1742     else
1743     {
1744         dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE), wxSOLID));
1745     }
1746
1747     dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
1748     dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
1749 }
1750
1751 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1752 // wxGridCellStringRenderer
1753 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1754
1755 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(const wxGrid& grid,
1756                                                      const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1757                                                      wxDC& dc,
1758                                                      bool isSelected)
1759 {
1760     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
1761
1762     // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case?
1763
1764     // different coloured text when the grid is disabled
1765     if ( grid.IsEnabled() )
1766     {
1767       if ( isSelected )
1768       {
1769           dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() );
1770           dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() );
1771       }
1772       else
1773       {
1774           dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() );
1775           dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() );
1776       }
1777     }
1778     else
1779     {
1780       dc.SetTextBackground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE));
1781       dc.SetTextForeground(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_GRAYTEXT));
1782     }
1783
1784     dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() );
1785 }
1786
1787 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(const wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1788                                                wxDC& dc,
1789                                                const wxString& text)
1790 {
1791     wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0;
1792     dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont());
1793     wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n'));
1794     while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() )
1795     {
1796         dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y);
1797         max_x = wxMax(max_x, x);
1798     }
1799
1800     y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines.
1801
1802     return wxSize(max_x, y);
1803 }
1804
1805 wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1806                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1807                                              wxDC& dc,
1808                                              int row, int col)
1809 {
1810     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col));
1811 }
1812
1813 void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1814                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1815                                     wxDC& dc,
1816                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1817                                     int row, int col,
1818                                     bool isSelected)
1819 {
1820     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1821     rect.Inflate(-1);
1822
1823     // erase only this cells background, overflow cells should have been erased
1824     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1825
1826     int hAlign, vAlign;
1827     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1828
1829     int overflowCols = 0;
1830
1831     if (attr.GetOverflow())
1832     {
1833         int cols = grid.GetNumberCols();
1834         int best_width = GetBestSize(grid,attr,dc,row,col).GetWidth();
1835         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
1836         attr.GetSize( &cell_rows, &cell_cols ); // shouldn't get here if <= 0
1837         if ((best_width > rectCell.width) && (col < cols) && grid.GetTable())
1838         {
1839             int i, c_cols, c_rows;
1840             for (i = col+cell_cols; i < cols; i++)
1841             {
1842                 bool is_empty = true;
1843                 for (int j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
1844                 {
1845                     // check w/ anchor cell for multicell block
1846                     grid.GetCellSize(j, i, &c_rows, &c_cols);
1847                     if (c_rows > 0)
1848                         c_rows = 0;
1849                     if (!grid.GetTable()->IsEmptyCell(j + c_rows, i))
1850                     {
1851                         is_empty = false;
1852                         break;
1853                     }
1854                 }
1855
1856                 if (is_empty)
1857                     rect.width += grid.GetColSize(i);
1858                 else
1859                 {
1860                     i--;
1861                     break;
1862                 }
1863
1864                 if (rect.width >= best_width)
1865                     break;
1866             }
1867
1868             overflowCols = i - col - cell_cols + 1;
1869             if (overflowCols >= cols)
1870                 overflowCols = cols - 1;
1871         }
1872
1873         if (overflowCols > 0) // redraw overflow cells w/ proper hilight
1874         {
1875             hAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; // if oveflowed then it's left aligned
1876             wxRect clip = rect;
1877             clip.x += rectCell.width;
1878             // draw each overflow cell individually
1879             int col_end = col+cell_cols + overflowCols;
1880             if (col_end >= grid.GetNumberCols())
1881                 col_end = grid.GetNumberCols() - 1;
1882             for (int i = col+cell_cols; i <= col_end; i++)
1883             {
1884                 clip.width = grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1885                 dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1886                 dc.SetClippingRegion(clip);
1887
1888                 SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc,
1889                         grid.IsInSelection(row,i));
1890
1891                 grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1892                         rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1893                 clip.x += grid.GetColSize(i) - 1;
1894             }
1895
1896             rect = rectCell;
1897             rect.Inflate(-1);
1898             rect.width++;
1899             dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
1900         }
1901     }
1902
1903     // now we only have to draw the text
1904     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1905
1906     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col),
1907                            rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1908 }
1909
1910 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1911 // wxGridCellNumberRenderer
1912 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1913
1914 wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1915 {
1916     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1917     wxString text;
1918     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) )
1919     {
1920         text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col));
1921     }
1922     else
1923     {
1924         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1925     }
1926
1927     return text;
1928 }
1929
1930 void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
1931                                     wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1932                                     wxDC& dc,
1933                                     const wxRect& rectCell,
1934                                     int row, int col,
1935                                     bool isSelected)
1936 {
1937     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
1938
1939     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
1940
1941     // draw the text right aligned by default
1942     int hAlign, vAlign;
1943     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
1944     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
1945
1946     wxRect rect = rectCell;
1947     rect.Inflate(-1);
1948
1949     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
1950 }
1951
1952 wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
1953                                              wxGridCellAttr& attr,
1954                                              wxDC& dc,
1955                                              int row, int col)
1956 {
1957     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
1958 }
1959
1960 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1961 // wxGridCellFloatRenderer
1962 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1963
1964 wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision)
1965 {
1966     SetWidth(width);
1967     SetPrecision(precision);
1968 }
1969
1970 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const
1971 {
1972     wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer;
1973     renderer->m_width = m_width;
1974     renderer->m_precision = m_precision;
1975     renderer->m_format = m_format;
1976
1977     return renderer;
1978 }
1979
1980 wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(const wxGrid& grid, int row, int col)
1981 {
1982     wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable();
1983
1984     bool hasDouble;
1985     double val;
1986     wxString text;
1987     if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) )
1988     {
1989         val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col);
1990         hasDouble = true;
1991     }
1992     else
1993     {
1994         text = table->GetValue(row, col);
1995         hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val);
1996     }
1997
1998     if ( hasDouble )
1999     {
2000         if ( !m_format )
2001         {
2002             if ( m_width == -1 )
2003             {
2004                 if ( m_precision == -1 )
2005                 {
2006                     // default width/precision
2007                     m_format = _T("%f");
2008                 }
2009                 else
2010                 {
2011                     m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision);
2012                 }
2013             }
2014             else if ( m_precision == -1 )
2015             {
2016                 // default precision
2017                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width);
2018             }
2019             else
2020             {
2021                 m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision);
2022             }
2023         }
2024
2025         text.Printf(m_format, val);
2026
2027     }
2028     //else: text already contains the string
2029
2030     return text;
2031 }
2032
2033 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2034                                    wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2035                                    wxDC& dc,
2036                                    const wxRect& rectCell,
2037                                    int row, int col,
2038                                    bool isSelected)
2039 {
2040     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected);
2041
2042     SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected);
2043
2044     // draw the text right aligned by default
2045     int hAlign, vAlign;
2046     attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
2047     hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT;
2048
2049     wxRect rect = rectCell;
2050     rect.Inflate(-1);
2051
2052     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign);
2053 }
2054
2055 wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2056                                             wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2057                                             wxDC& dc,
2058                                             int row, int col)
2059 {
2060     return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col));
2061 }
2062
2063 void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params)
2064 {
2065     if ( !params )
2066     {
2067         // reset to defaults
2068         SetWidth(-1);
2069         SetPrecision(-1);
2070     }
2071     else
2072     {
2073         wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(','));
2074         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2075         {
2076             long width;
2077             if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) )
2078             {
2079                 SetWidth((int)width);
2080             }
2081             else
2082             {
2083                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2084             }
2085         }
2086
2087         tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(','));
2088         if ( !tmp.empty() )
2089         {
2090             long precision;
2091             if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) )
2092             {
2093                 SetPrecision((int)precision);
2094             }
2095             else
2096             {
2097                 wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str());
2098             }
2099         }
2100     }
2101 }
2102
2103 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2104 // wxGridCellBoolRenderer
2105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2106
2107 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark;
2108
2109 // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly...
2110
2111 // between checkmark and box
2112 static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2;
2113
2114 wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid,
2115                                            wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr),
2116                                            wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc),
2117                                            int WXUNUSED(row),
2118                                            int WXUNUSED(col))
2119 {
2120     // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...)
2121     if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x )
2122     {
2123         // get checkbox size
2124         wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, wxID_ANY, wxEmptyString);
2125         wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize();
2126         wxCoord checkSize = size.y + 2 * wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN;
2127
2128         // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result
2129 #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2130         checkSize -= size.y / 2;
2131 #endif
2132
2133         delete checkbox;
2134
2135         ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize;
2136     }
2137
2138     return ms_sizeCheckMark;
2139 }
2140
2141 void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid,
2142                                   wxGridCellAttr& attr,
2143                                   wxDC& dc,
2144                                   const wxRect& rect,
2145                                   int row, int col,
2146                                   bool isSelected)
2147 {
2148     wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected);
2149
2150     // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO)
2151     wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col);
2152
2153     // don't draw outside the cell
2154     wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height);
2155     if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize )
2156     {
2157         // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin
2158         size.x = size.y = minSize - 2;
2159     }
2160
2161     // draw a border around checkmark
2162     int vAlign, hAlign;
2163     attr.GetAlignment(& hAlign, &vAlign);
2164
2165     wxRect rectBorder;
2166     if (hAlign == wxALIGN_CENTRE)
2167     {
2168         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width / 2 - size.x / 2;
2169         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2170         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2171         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2172     }
2173     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_LEFT)
2174     {
2175         rectBorder.x = rect.x + 2;
2176         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2177         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2178         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2179     }
2180     else if (hAlign == wxALIGN_RIGHT)
2181     {
2182         rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width - size.x - 2;
2183         rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height / 2 - size.y / 2;
2184         rectBorder.width = size.x;
2185         rectBorder.height = size.y;
2186     }
2187
2188     bool value;
2189     if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) )
2190         value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col);
2191     else
2192     {
2193         wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) );
2194         value = !( !cellval || (cellval == wxT("0")) );
2195     }
2196
2197     if ( value )
2198     {
2199         wxRect rectMark = rectBorder;
2200
2201 #ifdef __WXMSW__
2202         // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...)
2203         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN / 2);
2204         rectMark.x++;
2205         rectMark.y++;
2206 #else
2207         rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN);
2208 #endif
2209
2210         dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour());
2211         dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark);
2212     }
2213
2214     dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
2215     dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID));
2216     dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder);
2217 }
2218
2219 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2220 // wxGridCellAttr
2221 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2222
2223 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
2224 {
2225     m_nRef = 1;
2226
2227     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
2228
2229     m_renderer = NULL;
2230     m_editor = NULL;
2231
2232     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
2233
2234     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
2235     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
2236
2237     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
2238 }
2239
2240 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
2241 {
2242     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
2243
2244     if ( HasTextColour() )
2245         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
2246     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
2247         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
2248     if ( HasFont() )
2249         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
2250     if ( HasAlignment() )
2251         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
2252
2253     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
2254
2255     if ( m_renderer )
2256     {
2257         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
2258         m_renderer->IncRef();
2259     }
2260     if ( m_editor )
2261     {
2262         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
2263         m_editor->IncRef();
2264     }
2265
2266     if ( IsReadOnly() )
2267         attr->SetReadOnly();
2268
2269     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
2270
2271     return attr;
2272 }
2273
2274 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
2275 {
2276     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
2277         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
2278     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
2279         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
2280     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
2281         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
2282     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
2283     {
2284         int hAlign, vAlign;
2285         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
2286         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2287     }
2288     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
2289         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
2290
2291     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
2292     // m_renderer/m_editor
2293     //
2294     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
2295     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
2296     {
2297         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
2298         m_renderer->IncRef();
2299     }
2300     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
2301     {
2302         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
2303         m_editor->IncRef();
2304     }
2305     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
2306         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
2307
2308     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
2309         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
2310
2311     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
2312 }
2313
2314 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
2315 {
2316     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
2317
2318     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
2319     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
2320     // set to negative or zero values such that
2321     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
2322     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
2323
2324     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
2325
2326     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
2327                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
2328                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
2329                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
2330
2331     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
2332     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
2333 }
2334
2335 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
2336 {
2337     if (HasTextColour())
2338     {
2339         return m_colText;
2340     }
2341     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2342     {
2343         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
2344     }
2345     else
2346     {
2347         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2348         return wxNullColour;
2349     }
2350 }
2351
2352 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
2353 {
2354     if (HasBackgroundColour())
2355     {
2356         return m_colBack;
2357     }
2358     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2359     {
2360         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
2361     }
2362     else
2363     {
2364         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2365         return wxNullColour;
2366     }
2367 }
2368
2369 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
2370 {
2371     if (HasFont())
2372     {
2373         return m_font;
2374     }
2375     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2376     {
2377         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
2378     }
2379     else
2380     {
2381         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2382         return wxNullFont;
2383     }
2384 }
2385
2386 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
2387 {
2388     if (HasAlignment())
2389     {
2390         if ( hAlign )
2391             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
2392         if ( vAlign )
2393             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
2394     }
2395     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
2396         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
2397     else
2398     {
2399         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
2400     }
2401 }
2402
2403 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
2404 {
2405     if ( num_rows )
2406         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
2407     if ( num_cols )
2408         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
2409 }
2410
2411 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
2412 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
2413 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
2414 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
2415 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
2416 // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
2417
2418 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2419 {
2420     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer;
2421
2422     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
2423     {
2424         // use the cells renderer if it has one
2425         renderer = m_renderer;
2426         renderer->IncRef();
2427     }
2428     else // no non-default cell renderer
2429     {
2430         // get default renderer for the data type
2431         if ( grid )
2432         {
2433             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2434             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
2435         }
2436         else
2437         {
2438             renderer = NULL;
2439         }
2440
2441         if ( !renderer )
2442         {
2443             if (m_defGridAttr &&  this != m_defGridAttr )
2444             {
2445                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2446                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2447                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
2448             }
2449             else // default grid attr
2450             {
2451                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
2452                 renderer = m_renderer;
2453                 if ( renderer )
2454                     renderer->IncRef();
2455             }
2456         }
2457     }
2458
2459     // we're supposed to always find something
2460     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
2461
2462     return renderer;
2463 }
2464
2465 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
2466 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
2467 {
2468     wxGridCellEditor *editor;
2469
2470     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
2471     {
2472         // use the cells editor if it has one
2473         editor = m_editor;
2474         editor->IncRef();
2475     }
2476     else // no non default cell editor
2477     {
2478         // get default editor for the data type
2479         if ( grid )
2480         {
2481             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
2482             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
2483         }
2484         else
2485         {
2486             editor = NULL;
2487         }
2488
2489         if ( !editor )
2490         {
2491             if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr )
2492             {
2493                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
2494                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
2495                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
2496             }
2497             else // default grid attr
2498             {
2499                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
2500                 editor = m_editor;
2501                 if ( editor )
2502                     editor->IncRef();
2503             }
2504         }
2505     }
2506
2507     // we're supposed to always find something
2508     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
2509
2510     return editor;
2511 }
2512
2513 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2514 // wxGridCellAttrData
2515 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2516
2517 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
2518 {
2519     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2520     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
2521     {
2522         // add the attribute
2523         m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
2524     }
2525     else
2526     {
2527         // free the old attribute
2528         m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef();
2529
2530         if ( attr )
2531         {
2532             // change the attribute
2533             m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr;
2534         }
2535         else
2536         {
2537             // remove this attribute
2538             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
2539         }
2540     }
2541 }
2542
2543 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
2544 {
2545     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2546
2547     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
2548     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2549     {
2550         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
2551         attr->IncRef();
2552     }
2553
2554     return attr;
2555 }
2556
2557 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2558 {
2559     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2560     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2561     {
2562         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2563         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
2564         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
2565         {
2566             if (numRows > 0)
2567             {
2568                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2569                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2570             }
2571             else if (numRows < 0)
2572             {
2573                 // If rows deleted ...
2574                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
2575                 {
2576                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2577                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
2578                 }
2579                 else
2580                 {
2581                     // ...or remove the attribute
2582                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2583                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2584                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2585                     n--;
2586                     count--;
2587                 }
2588             }
2589         }
2590     }
2591 }
2592
2593 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2594 {
2595     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2596     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2597     {
2598         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2599         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
2600         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
2601         {
2602             if ( numCols > 0 )
2603             {
2604                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2605                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2606             }
2607             else if (numCols < 0)
2608             {
2609                 // If rows deleted ...
2610                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
2611                 {
2612                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
2613                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
2614                 }
2615                 else
2616                 {
2617                     // ...or remove the attribute
2618                     // No need to DecRef the attribute itself since this is
2619                     // done be wxGridCellWithAttr's destructor!
2620                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2621                     n--;
2622                     count--;
2623                 }
2624             }
2625         }
2626     }
2627 }
2628
2629 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
2630 {
2631     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2632     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2633     {
2634         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
2635         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
2636         {
2637             return n;
2638         }
2639     }
2640
2641     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2642 }
2643
2644 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2645 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
2646 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2647
2648 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
2649 {
2650     size_t count = m_attrs.Count();
2651     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2652     {
2653         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2654     }
2655 }
2656
2657 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
2658 {
2659     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2660
2661     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2662     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
2663     {
2664         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
2665         attr->IncRef();
2666     }
2667
2668     return attr;
2669 }
2670
2671 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
2672 {
2673     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
2674     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
2675     {
2676         // add the attribute
2677         m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
2678         m_attrs.Add(attr);
2679     }
2680     else
2681     {
2682         size_t n = (size_t)i;
2683         if ( attr )
2684         {
2685             // change the attribute
2686             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2687             m_attrs[n] = attr;
2688         }
2689         else
2690         {
2691             // remove this attribute
2692             m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2693             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2694             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2695         }
2696     }
2697 }
2698
2699 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
2700 {
2701     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
2702     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2703     {
2704         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
2705         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
2706         {
2707             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
2708             {
2709                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
2710                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2711             }
2712             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
2713             {
2714                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
2715                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
2716                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
2717                 else
2718                 {
2719                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
2720                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
2721                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
2722                     n--;
2723                     count--;
2724                 }
2725             }
2726         }
2727     }
2728 }
2729
2730 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2731 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
2732 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2733
2734 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2735 {
2736     m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL;
2737 }
2738
2739 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
2740 {
2741     delete m_data;
2742 }
2743
2744 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
2745 {
2746     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
2747 }
2748
2749 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
2750                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
2751 {
2752     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
2753     if ( m_data )
2754     {
2755         switch (kind)
2756         {
2757             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
2758                 // Get cached merge attributes.
2759                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
2760                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
2761                 if (!attr)
2762                 {
2763                     // Basically implement old version.
2764                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
2765                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2766                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2767                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2768
2769                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
2770                     {
2771                         // Two or more are non NULL
2772                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
2773                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
2774
2775                         // Order is important..
2776                         if (attrcell)
2777                         {
2778                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
2779                             attrcell->DecRef();
2780                         }
2781                         if (attrcol)
2782                         {
2783                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
2784                             attrcol->DecRef();
2785                         }
2786                         if (attrrow)
2787                         {
2788                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
2789                             attrrow->DecRef();
2790                         }
2791
2792                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
2793                         //attr->IncRef();
2794                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2795                     }
2796                     else
2797                     {
2798                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
2799                         if (attrrow)
2800                             attr = attrrow;
2801                         if (attrcol)
2802                         {
2803                             if (attr)
2804                                 attr->DecRef();
2805                             attr = attrcol;
2806                         }
2807                         if (attrcell)
2808                         {
2809                             if (attr)
2810                                 attr->DecRef();
2811                             attr = attrcell;
2812                         }
2813                     }
2814                 }
2815                 break;
2816
2817             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
2818                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
2819                 break;
2820
2821             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
2822                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
2823                 break;
2824
2825             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
2826                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
2827                 break;
2828
2829             default:
2830                 // unused as yet...
2831                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
2832                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
2833                 break;
2834         }
2835     }
2836
2837     return attr;
2838 }
2839
2840 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
2841                                      int row, int col)
2842 {
2843     if ( !m_data )
2844         InitData();
2845
2846     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
2847 }
2848
2849 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
2850 {
2851     if ( !m_data )
2852         InitData();
2853
2854     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
2855 }
2856
2857 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
2858 {
2859     if ( !m_data )
2860         InitData();
2861
2862     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
2863 }
2864
2865 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
2866 {
2867     if ( m_data )
2868     {
2869         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2870
2871         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
2872     }
2873 }
2874
2875 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
2876 {
2877     if ( m_data )
2878     {
2879         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2880
2881         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
2882     }
2883 }
2884
2885 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2886 // wxGridTypeRegistry
2887 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2888
2889 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
2890 {
2891     size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count();
2892     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2893         delete m_typeinfo[i];
2894 }
2895
2896 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
2897                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
2898                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
2899 {
2900     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
2901
2902     // is it already registered?
2903     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2904     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
2905     {
2906         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
2907         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
2908     }
2909     else
2910     {
2911         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
2912     }
2913 }
2914
2915 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2916 {
2917     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
2918     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
2919     {
2920         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
2921         {
2922             return i;
2923         }
2924     }
2925
2926     return wxNOT_FOUND;
2927 }
2928
2929 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2930 {
2931     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
2932     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2933     {
2934         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
2935         // register it "on the fly"
2936 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2937         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
2938         {
2939             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
2940                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2941                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
2942         }
2943         else
2944 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2945 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2946         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
2947         {
2948             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
2949                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
2950                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
2951         }
2952         else
2953 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
2954 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2955         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
2956         {
2957             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
2958                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
2959                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
2960         }
2961         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
2962         {
2963             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
2964                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
2965                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
2966         }
2967         else
2968 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
2969 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2970         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
2971         {
2972             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
2973                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
2974                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
2975         }
2976         else
2977 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
2978         {
2979             return wxNOT_FOUND;
2980         }
2981
2982         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
2983         // the last index
2984         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
2985     }
2986
2987     return index;
2988 }
2989
2990 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
2991 {
2992     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
2993     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2994     {
2995         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
2996         // are the parameters for the renderer
2997         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':')));
2998         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
2999         {
3000             return wxNOT_FOUND;
3001         }
3002
3003         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
3004         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
3005         renderer = renderer->Clone();
3006         rendererOld->DecRef();
3007
3008         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
3009         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
3010         editor = editor->Clone();
3011         editorOld->DecRef();
3012
3013         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
3014         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':'));
3015         renderer->SetParameters(params);
3016         editor->SetParameters(params);
3017
3018         // register the new typename
3019         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
3020
3021         // we just registered it, it's the last one
3022         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
3023     }
3024
3025     return index;
3026 }
3027
3028 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
3029 {
3030     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
3031     if (renderer)
3032         renderer->IncRef();
3033
3034     return renderer;
3035 }
3036
3037 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
3038 {
3039     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
3040     if (editor)
3041         editor->IncRef();
3042
3043     return editor;
3044 }
3045
3046 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3047 // wxGridTableBase
3048 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3049
3050 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
3051
3052 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
3053 {
3054     m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL;
3055     m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL;
3056 }
3057
3058 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
3059 {
3060     delete m_attrProvider;
3061 }
3062
3063 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
3064 {
3065     delete m_attrProvider;
3066     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
3067 }
3068
3069 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
3070 {
3071     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
3072     {
3073         // use the default attr provider by default
3074         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
3075     }
3076
3077     return true;
3078 }
3079
3080 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
3081 {
3082     if ( m_attrProvider )
3083         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
3084     else
3085         return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
3086 }
3087
3088 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
3089 {
3090     if ( m_attrProvider )
3091     {
3092         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
3093         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
3094     }
3095     else
3096     {
3097         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3098         // free it now
3099         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3100     }
3101 }
3102
3103 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
3104 {
3105     if ( m_attrProvider )
3106     {
3107         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
3108         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
3109     }
3110     else
3111     {
3112         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3113         // free it now
3114         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3115     }
3116 }
3117
3118 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
3119 {
3120     if ( m_attrProvider )
3121     {
3122         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
3123         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
3124     }
3125     else
3126     {
3127         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
3128         // free it now
3129         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
3130     }
3131 }
3132
3133 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3134                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3135 {
3136     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
3137
3138     return false;
3139 }
3140
3141 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3142 {
3143     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3144
3145     return false;
3146 }
3147
3148 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3149                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
3150 {
3151     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3152
3153     return false;
3154 }
3155
3156 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3157                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3158 {
3159     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3160
3161     return false;
3162 }
3163
3164 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3165 {
3166     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3167
3168     return false;
3169 }
3170
3171 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
3172                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
3173 {
3174     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
3175
3176     return false;
3177 }
3178
3179 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3180 {
3181     wxString s;
3182
3183     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
3184     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
3185     s << row + 1;
3186
3187     return s;
3188 }
3189
3190 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3191 {
3192     // default col labels are:
3193     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
3194     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
3195     //   etc.
3196
3197     wxString s;
3198     unsigned int i, n;
3199     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
3200     {
3201         s += (wxChar) (_T('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
3202         col = col / 26 - 1;
3203         if ( col < 0 )
3204             break;
3205     }
3206
3207     // reverse the string...
3208     wxString s2;
3209     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
3210     {
3211         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
3212     }
3213
3214     return s2;
3215 }
3216
3217 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3218 {
3219     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3220 }
3221
3222 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3223                                      const wxString& typeName )
3224 {
3225     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
3226 }
3227
3228 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
3229 {
3230     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
3231 }
3232
3233 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3234 {
3235     return 0;
3236 }
3237
3238 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3239 {
3240     return 0.0;
3241 }
3242
3243 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
3244 {
3245     return false;
3246 }
3247
3248 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3249                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
3250 {
3251 }
3252
3253 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3254                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
3255 {
3256 }
3257
3258 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3259                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
3260 {
3261 }
3262
3263 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3264                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
3265 {
3266     return NULL;
3267 }
3268
3269 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
3270                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
3271                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
3272 {
3273 }
3274
3275 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3276 //
3277 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
3278 // to the grid view
3279 //
3280
3281 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
3282 {
3283     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
3284     m_id = -1;
3285     m_comInt1 = -1;
3286     m_comInt2 = -1;
3287 }
3288
3289 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
3290                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
3291 {
3292     m_table = table;
3293     m_id = id;
3294     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
3295     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
3296 }
3297
3298 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3299 //
3300 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
3301 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
3302 //
3303
3304 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
3305
3306 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
3307
3308 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
3309         : wxGridTableBase()
3310 {
3311 }
3312
3313 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
3314         : wxGridTableBase()
3315 {
3316     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
3317
3318     wxArrayString sa;
3319     sa.Alloc( numCols );
3320     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3321
3322     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3323 }
3324
3325 wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable()
3326 {
3327 }
3328
3329 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows()
3330 {
3331     return m_data.GetCount();
3332 }
3333
3334 int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols()
3335 {
3336     if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 )
3337         return m_data[0].GetCount();
3338     else
3339         return 0;
3340 }
3341
3342 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
3343 {
3344     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3345                  wxEmptyString,
3346                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3347
3348     return m_data[row][col];
3349 }
3350
3351 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
3352 {
3353     wxCHECK_RET( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3354                  _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3355
3356     m_data[row][col] = value;
3357 }
3358
3359 bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col )
3360 {
3361     wxCHECK_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()),
3362                  true,
3363                   _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
3364
3365     return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString);
3366 }
3367
3368 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
3369 {
3370     int row, col;
3371     int numRows, numCols;
3372
3373     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
3374     if ( numRows > 0 )
3375     {
3376         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
3377
3378         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
3379         {
3380             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
3381             {
3382                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
3383             }
3384         }
3385     }
3386 }
3387
3388 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3389 {
3390     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3391     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3392                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3393
3394     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3395     {
3396         return AppendRows( numRows );
3397     }
3398
3399     wxArrayString sa;
3400     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3401     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3402     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
3403
3404     if ( GetView() )
3405     {
3406         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3407                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
3408                                 pos,
3409                                 numRows );
3410
3411         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3412     }
3413
3414     return true;
3415 }
3416
3417 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
3418 {
3419     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3420     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3421                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3422                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3423
3424     wxArrayString sa;
3425     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
3426     {
3427         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
3428         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
3429     }
3430
3431     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
3432
3433     if ( GetView() )
3434     {
3435         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3436                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
3437                                 numRows );
3438
3439         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3440     }
3441
3442     return true;
3443 }
3444
3445 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
3446 {
3447     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3448
3449     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
3450     {
3451         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3452                     (
3453                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
3454                         (unsigned long)pos,
3455                         (unsigned long)numRows,
3456                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
3457                     ) );
3458
3459         return false;
3460     }
3461
3462     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
3463     {
3464         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
3465     }
3466
3467     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
3468     {
3469         m_data.Clear();
3470     }
3471     else
3472     {
3473         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
3474     }
3475
3476     if ( GetView() )
3477     {
3478         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3479                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
3480                                 pos,
3481                                 numRows );
3482
3483         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3484     }
3485
3486     return true;
3487 }
3488
3489 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3490 {
3491     size_t row, col;
3492
3493     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3494     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
3495                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
3496                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3497
3498     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3499     {
3500         return AppendCols( numCols );
3501     }
3502
3503     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3504     {
3505         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
3506         {
3507             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
3508         }
3509     }
3510
3511     if ( GetView() )
3512     {
3513         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3514                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
3515                                 pos,
3516                                 numCols );
3517
3518         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3519     }
3520
3521     return true;
3522 }
3523
3524 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
3525 {
3526     size_t row;
3527
3528     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3529
3530 #if 0
3531     if ( !curNumRows )
3532     {
3533         // TODO: something better than this ?
3534         //
3535         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") );
3536         return false;
3537     }
3538 #endif
3539
3540     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3541     {
3542         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
3543     }
3544
3545     if ( GetView() )
3546     {
3547         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3548                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
3549                                 numCols );
3550
3551         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3552     }
3553
3554     return true;
3555 }
3556
3557 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
3558 {
3559     size_t row;
3560
3561     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
3562     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
3563                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
3564
3565     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
3566     {
3567         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
3568                     (
3569                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
3570                         (unsigned long)pos,
3571                         (unsigned long)numCols,
3572                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
3573                     ) );
3574         return false;
3575     }
3576
3577     if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos )
3578     {
3579         numCols = curNumCols - pos;
3580     }
3581
3582     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
3583     {
3584         if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
3585         {
3586             m_data[row].Clear();
3587         }
3588         else
3589         {
3590             m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
3591         }
3592     }
3593
3594     if ( GetView() )
3595     {
3596         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
3597                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
3598                                 pos,
3599                                 numCols );
3600
3601         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
3602     }
3603
3604     return true;
3605 }
3606
3607 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
3608 {
3609     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3610     {
3611         // using default label
3612         //
3613         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
3614     }
3615     else
3616     {
3617         return m_rowLabels[row];
3618     }
3619 }
3620
3621 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
3622 {
3623     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3624     {
3625         // using default label
3626         //
3627         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
3628     }
3629     else
3630     {
3631         return m_colLabels[col];
3632     }
3633 }
3634
3635 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
3636 {
3637     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3638     {
3639         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
3640         int i;
3641
3642         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
3643         {
3644             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
3645         }
3646     }
3647
3648     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
3649 }
3650
3651 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
3652 {
3653     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
3654     {
3655         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
3656         int i;
3657
3658         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
3659         {
3660             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
3661         }
3662     }
3663
3664     m_colLabels[col] = value;
3665 }
3666
3667
3668 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3669 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3670
3671 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3672
3673 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3674     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3675     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3676     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3677     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3678     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3679     EVT_CHAR( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar )
3680 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3681
3682 wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3683                                             wxWindowID id,
3684                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3685   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3686 {
3687     m_owner = parent;
3688 }
3689
3690 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3691 {
3692     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3693
3694     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3695     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3696     // set the y coord  - MB
3697     //
3698     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3699
3700     int x, y;
3701     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3702     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y );
3703
3704     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3705     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
3706 }
3707
3708 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3709 {
3710     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
3711 }
3712
3713 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3714 {
3715     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3716 }
3717
3718 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3719 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3720 //
3721 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3722 {
3723     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3724         event.Skip();
3725 }
3726
3727 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3728 {
3729     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3730         event.Skip();
3731 }
3732
3733 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3734 {
3735     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3736         event.Skip();
3737 }
3738
3739 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3740
3741 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3742
3743 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3744     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3745     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3746     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3747     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3748     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3749     EVT_CHAR( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar )
3750 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3751
3752 wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3753                                             wxWindowID id,
3754                                             const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3755   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3756 {
3757     m_owner = parent;
3758 }
3759
3760 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3761 {
3762     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3763
3764     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
3765     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
3766     // set the x coord  - MB
3767     //
3768     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3769
3770     int x, y;
3771     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
3772     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 );
3773
3774     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
3775     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
3776 }
3777
3778 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3779 {
3780     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
3781 }
3782
3783 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3784 {
3785     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3786 }
3787
3788 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3789 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3790 //
3791 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3792 {
3793     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3794         event.Skip();
3795 }
3796
3797 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3798 {
3799     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3800         event.Skip();
3801 }
3802
3803 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3804 {
3805     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3806         event.Skip();
3807 }
3808
3809 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3810
3811 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3812
3813 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow )
3814     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3815     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3816     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
3817     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown )
3818     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp )
3819     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar )
3820 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3821
3822 wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3823                                                   wxWindowID id,
3824                                                   const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size )
3825   : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS|wxBORDER_NONE|wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
3826 {
3827     m_owner = parent;
3828 }
3829
3830 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3831 {
3832     wxPaintDC dc(this);
3833
3834     int client_height = 0;
3835     int client_width = 0;
3836     GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height );
3837
3838     // VZ: any reason for this ifdef? (FIXME)
3839 #ifdef __WXGTK__
3840     wxRect rect;
3841     rect.SetX( 1 );
3842     rect.SetY( 1 );
3843     rect.SetWidth( client_width - 2 );
3844     rect.SetHeight( client_height - 2 );
3845
3846     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( this, dc, rect, 0 );
3847 #else // !__WXGTK__
3848     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
3849     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, client_width - 1, 0 );
3850     dc.DrawLine( client_width - 1, client_height - 1, 0, client_height - 1 );
3851     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 );
3852     dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height );
3853
3854     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
3855     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, client_width - 1, 1 );
3856     dc.DrawLine( 1, 1, 1, client_height - 1 );
3857 #endif
3858 }
3859
3860 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3861 {
3862     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
3863 }
3864
3865 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3866 {
3867     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
3868 }
3869
3870 // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse
3871 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3872 //
3873 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3874 {
3875     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3876         event.Skip();
3877 }
3878
3879 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3880 {
3881     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3882         event.Skip();
3883 }
3884
3885 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3886 {
3887     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3888         event.Skip();
3889 }
3890
3891 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3892
3893 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3894
3895 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow )
3896     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
3897     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
3898     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
3899     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
3900     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
3901     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
3902     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3903     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
3904     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
3905 END_EVENT_TABLE()
3906
3907 wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent,
3908                             wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin,
3909                             wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin,
3910                             wxWindowID id,
3911                             const wxPoint &pos,
3912                             const wxSize &size )
3913             : wxWindow(
3914                 parent, id, pos, size,
3915                 wxWANTS_CHARS | wxBORDER_NONE | wxCLIP_CHILDREN | wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE,
3916                 wxT("grid window") )
3917 {
3918     m_owner = parent;
3919     m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin;
3920     m_colLabelWin = colLblWin;
3921 }
3922
3923 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
3924 {
3925     wxPaintDC dc( this );
3926     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
3927     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
3928     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
3929     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
3930
3931 #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
3932     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
3933 #endif
3934
3935     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
3936     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
3937 }
3938
3939 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
3940 {
3941     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
3942     m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
3943     m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
3944 }
3945
3946 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3947 {
3948     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
3949         SetFocus();
3950
3951     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
3952 }
3953
3954 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
3955 {
3956     m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event );
3957 }
3958
3959 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
3960 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
3961 //
3962 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
3963 {
3964     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3965         event.Skip();
3966 }
3967
3968 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
3969 {
3970     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3971         event.Skip();
3972 }
3973
3974 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
3975 {
3976     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3977         event.Skip();
3978 }
3979
3980 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
3981 {
3982 }
3983
3984 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
3985 {
3986     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
3987         event.Skip();
3988 }
3989
3990 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
3991
3992 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
3993 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
3994 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
3995 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
3996
3997 // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function
3998
3999 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
4000                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
4001                            bool clipToMinMax);
4002
4003 #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \
4004                                           m_minAcceptableColWidth, \
4005                                           m_colRights, m_numCols, true)
4006 #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \
4007                                           m_minAcceptableRowHeight, \
4008                                           m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, true)
4009
4010 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
4011
4012 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
4013 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4014
4015 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4016     // new style border flags, we put them first to
4017     // use them for streaming out
4018     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
4019     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
4020     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
4021     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
4022     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
4023     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
4024
4025     // old style border flags
4026     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
4027     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
4028     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
4029     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
4030     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
4031     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
4032
4033     // standard window styles
4034     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
4035     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
4036     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
4037     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
4038     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
4039     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
4040     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
4041     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
4042
4043 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
4044
4045 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
4046
4047 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
4048     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
4049     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
4050 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
4051
4052 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
4053 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
4054
4055 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
4056
4057 /*
4058  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
4059 */
4060 #else
4061 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4062 #endif
4063
4064 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
4065     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
4066     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
4067     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
4068     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
4069     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
4070     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
4071 END_EVENT_TABLE()
4072
4073 wxGrid::wxGrid()
4074 {
4075     // in order to make sure that a size event is not
4076     // trigerred in a unfinished state
4077     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
4078     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
4079     m_colLabelWin = NULL;
4080     m_gridWin = NULL;
4081 }
4082
4083 wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent,
4084                  wxWindowID id,
4085                  const wxPoint& pos,
4086                  const wxSize& size,
4087                  long style,
4088                  const wxString& name )
4089   : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ),
4090     m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE),
4091     m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE)
4092 {
4093     Create();
4094     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4095 }
4096
4097 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
4098                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
4099                           long style, const wxString& name)
4100 {
4101     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
4102                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS , name))
4103         return false;
4104
4105     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4106     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
4107
4108     Create();
4109     SetBestFittingSize(size);
4110
4111     return true;
4112 }
4113
4114 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
4115 {
4116     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
4117     SetTargetWindow(this);
4118     ClearAttrCache();
4119     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
4120
4121 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
4122     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
4123     wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
4124                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
4125              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
4126              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
4127 #endif
4128
4129     if (m_ownTable)
4130         delete m_table;
4131
4132     delete m_typeRegistry;
4133     delete m_selection;
4134 }
4135
4136 //
4137 // ----- internal init and update functions
4138 //
4139
4140 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
4141 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
4142 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
4143
4144 #if _USE_VISATTR
4145 #include "wx/listbox.h"
4146 #endif
4147
4148 void wxGrid::Create()
4149 {
4150     // set to true by CreateGrid
4151     m_created = false;
4152
4153     // create the type registry
4154     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
4155     m_selection = NULL;
4156
4157     m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL;
4158     m_ownTable = false;
4159
4160     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
4161
4162     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
4163
4164     // Set default cell attributes
4165     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
4166     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
4167     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
4168     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
4169     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
4170     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
4171
4172 #if _USE_VISATTR
4173     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4174     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
4175
4176     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
4177     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
4178
4179 #else
4180     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
4181         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
4182     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
4183         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
4184 #endif
4185
4186     m_numRows = 0;
4187     m_numCols = 0;
4188     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4189
4190     m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4191     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4192
4193     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
4194     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this,
4195                                               wxID_ANY,
4196                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4197                                               wxDefaultSize );
4198
4199     m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this,
4200                                               wxID_ANY,
4201                                               wxDefaultPosition,
4202                                               wxDefaultSize );
4203
4204     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this,
4205                                                     wxID_ANY,
4206                                                     wxDefaultPosition,
4207                                                     wxDefaultSize );
4208
4209     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this,
4210                                   m_rowLabelWin,
4211                                   m_colLabelWin,
4212                                   wxID_ANY,
4213                                   wxDefaultPosition,
4214                                   wxDefaultSize );
4215
4216     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
4217
4218 #if _USE_VISATTR
4219     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
4220     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
4221     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
4222     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
4223 #else
4224     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4225     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
4226     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
4227     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
4228 #endif
4229
4230     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4231     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4232     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4233     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4234     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
4235     m_colLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
4236
4237     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
4238     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
4239
4240     Init();
4241 }
4242
4243 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
4244                          wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4245 {
4246     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
4247                  false,
4248                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
4249
4250     m_numRows = numRows;
4251     m_numCols = numCols;
4252
4253     m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols );
4254     m_table->SetView( this );
4255     m_ownTable = true;
4256     m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4257
4258     CalcDimensions();
4259
4260     m_created = true;
4261
4262     return m_created;
4263 }
4264
4265 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
4266 {
4267     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
4268                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4269
4270     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
4271 }
4272
4273 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
4274 {
4275     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells,
4276                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
4277
4278     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
4279 }
4280
4281 bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership,
4282                        wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
4283 {
4284     if ( m_created )
4285     {
4286         // stop all processing
4287         m_created = false;
4288
4289         if (m_ownTable)
4290         {
4291             wxGridTableBase *t = m_table;
4292             m_table = NULL;
4293             delete t;
4294         }
4295
4296         delete m_selection;
4297
4298         m_table = NULL;
4299         m_selection = NULL;
4300         m_numRows = 0;
4301         m_numCols = 0;
4302     }
4303
4304     if (table)
4305     {
4306         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
4307         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
4308
4309         m_table = table;
4310         m_table->SetView( this );
4311         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
4312         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
4313
4314         CalcDimensions();
4315
4316         m_created = true;
4317     }
4318
4319     return m_created;
4320 }
4321
4322 void wxGrid::Init()
4323 {
4324     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
4325     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
4326
4327     if ( m_rowLabelWin )
4328     {
4329         m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
4330     }
4331     else
4332     {
4333         m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( wxT("WHITE") );
4334     }
4335
4336     m_labelTextColour = wxColour( wxT("BLACK") );
4337
4338     // init attr cache
4339     m_attrCache.row = -1;
4340     m_attrCache.col = -1;
4341     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
4342
4343     // TODO: something better than this ?
4344     //
4345     m_labelFont = this->GetFont();
4346     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
4347
4348     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4349     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4350
4351     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4352     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
4353     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
4354
4355     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
4356     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
4357
4358     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
4359     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
4360
4361 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
4362     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
4363 #else
4364     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
4365 #endif
4366
4367     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
4368     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
4369     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
4370     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
4371     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
4372
4373     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
4374     m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
4375     m_canDragRowSize = true;
4376     m_canDragColSize = true;
4377     m_canDragGridSize = true;
4378     m_canDragCell = false;
4379     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
4380     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4381     m_isDragging = false;
4382     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4383
4384     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
4385
4386     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
4387     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
4388
4389     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4390
4391     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4392     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4393     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
4394     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
4395
4396     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
4397
4398     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4399     m_batchCount = 0;
4400
4401     m_extraWidth =
4402     m_extraHeight = 0;
4403
4404     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
4405     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
4406 }
4407
4408 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4409 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
4410 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
4411 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
4412 // arrays at all
4413 //
4414 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the
4415 // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later...
4416 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4417
4418 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
4419 {
4420     m_rowHeights.Empty();
4421     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
4422
4423     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
4424     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
4425
4426     int rowBottom = 0;
4427
4428     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
4429
4430     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4431     {
4432         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
4433         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
4434     }
4435 }
4436
4437 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
4438 {
4439     m_colWidths.Empty();
4440     m_colRights.Empty();
4441
4442     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
4443     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
4444     int colRight = 0;
4445
4446     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
4447
4448     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4449     {
4450         colRight += m_defaultColWidth;
4451         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
4452     }
4453 }
4454
4455 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
4456 {
4457     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
4458 }
4459
4460 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
4461 {
4462     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth
4463                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
4464 }
4465
4466 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
4467 {
4468     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
4469                                  : m_colRights[col];
4470 }
4471
4472 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
4473 {
4474     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
4475 }
4476
4477 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
4478 {
4479     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
4480                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
4481 }
4482
4483 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
4484 {
4485     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
4486                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
4487 }
4488
4489 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
4490 {
4491     int cw, ch;
4492     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4493
4494     if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4495         cw -= m_rowLabelWidth;
4496     if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4497         ch -= m_colLabelHeight;
4498
4499     // grid total size
4500     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0;
4501     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0;
4502
4503     // take into account editor if shown
4504     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
4505     {
4506         int w2, h2;
4507         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4508         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4509         int x = GetColLeft(c);
4510         int y = GetRowTop(r);
4511
4512         // how big is the editor
4513         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
4514         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
4515         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
4516         w2 += x;
4517         h2 += y;
4518         if ( w2 > w )
4519             w = w2;
4520         if ( h2 > h )
4521             h = h2;
4522         editor->DecRef();
4523         attr->DecRef();
4524     }
4525
4526     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
4527     int x, y;
4528     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
4529
4530     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
4531     if ( x >= w )
4532         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
4533     if ( y >= h )
4534         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
4535
4536     // do set scrollbar parameters
4537     SetScrollbars( m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY,
4538                    GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y,
4539                    GetBatchCount() != 0);
4540
4541     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
4542     // still must reposition the children
4543     CalcWindowSizes();
4544 }
4545
4546 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
4547 {
4548     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
4549
4550     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
4551         return;
4552
4553     int cw, ch;
4554     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4555
4556     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
4557         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
4558
4559     if (  m_colLabelWin && m_colLabelWin->IsShown() )
4560         m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight);
4561
4562     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
4563         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight);
4564
4565     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
4566         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw - m_rowLabelWidth, ch - m_colLabelHeight);
4567 }
4568
4569 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
4570 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
4571 //
4572 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4573 {
4574     int i;
4575     bool result = false;
4576
4577     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
4578     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
4579     ClearAttrCache();
4580
4581     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
4582     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
4583     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
4584     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
4585     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
4586     HideCellEditControl();
4587
4588 #if 0
4589     // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them
4590     // now
4591     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4592     {
4593         InitColWidths();
4594     }
4595
4596     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4597     {
4598         InitRowHeights();
4599     }
4600 #endif
4601
4602     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4603     {
4604         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4605         {
4606             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4607             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4608
4609             m_numRows += numRows;
4610
4611             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4612             {
4613                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
4614                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
4615
4616                 int bottom = 0;
4617                 if ( pos > 0 )
4618                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
4619
4620                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4621                 {
4622                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4623                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4624                 }
4625             }
4626
4627             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4628             {
4629                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4630                 // cell will be undefined...
4631                 //
4632                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4633             }
4634
4635             if ( m_selection )
4636                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
4637             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4638             if (attrProvider)
4639                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
4640
4641             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4642             {
4643                 CalcDimensions();
4644                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4645             }
4646         }
4647         result = true;
4648         break;
4649
4650         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4651         {
4652             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
4653             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
4654             m_numRows += numRows;
4655
4656             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4657             {
4658                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
4659                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
4660
4661                 int bottom = 0;
4662                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
4663                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
4664
4665                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4666                 {
4667                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
4668                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
4669                 }
4670             }
4671
4672             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4673             {
4674                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4675                 // cell will be undefined...
4676                 //
4677                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4678             }
4679
4680             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4681             {
4682                 CalcDimensions();
4683                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4684             }
4685         }
4686         result = true;
4687         break;
4688
4689         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4690         {
4691             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4692             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4693             m_numRows -= numRows;
4694
4695             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
4696             {
4697                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4698                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
4699
4700                 int h = 0;
4701                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
4702                 {
4703                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
4704                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
4705                 }
4706             }
4707
4708             if ( !m_numRows )
4709             {
4710                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4711             }
4712             else
4713             {
4714                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
4715                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4716             }
4717
4718             if ( m_selection )
4719                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4720             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4721             if (attrProvider)
4722             {
4723                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
4724
4725 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4726 #if 0
4727                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
4728                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
4729                 // all column attributes.
4730                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4731                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
4732                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
4733                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
4734 #endif
4735             }
4736
4737             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4738             {
4739                 CalcDimensions();
4740                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
4741             }
4742         }
4743         result = true;
4744         break;
4745
4746         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4747         {
4748             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4749             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4750             m_numCols += numCols;
4751
4752             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4753             {
4754                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
4755                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
4756
4757                 int right = 0;
4758                 if ( pos > 0 )
4759                     right = m_colRights[pos - 1];
4760
4761                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4762                 {
4763                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4764                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4765                 }
4766             }
4767
4768             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4769             {
4770                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4771                 // cell will be undefined...
4772                 //
4773                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4774             }
4775
4776             if ( m_selection )
4777                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
4778             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4779             if (attrProvider)
4780                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
4781             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4782             {
4783                 CalcDimensions();
4784                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4785             }
4786
4787         }
4788         result = true;
4789         break;
4790
4791         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4792         {
4793             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
4794             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
4795             m_numCols += numCols;
4796             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4797             {
4798                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
4799                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
4800
4801                 int right = 0;
4802                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
4803                     right = m_colRights[oldNumCols - 1];
4804
4805                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4806                 {
4807                     right += m_colWidths[i];
4808                     m_colRights[i] = right;
4809                 }
4810             }
4811
4812             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4813             {
4814                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
4815                 // cell will be undefined...
4816                 //
4817                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
4818             }
4819             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4820             {
4821                 CalcDimensions();
4822                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4823             }
4824         }
4825         result = true;
4826         break;
4827
4828         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4829         {
4830             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
4831             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
4832             m_numCols -= numCols;
4833
4834             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
4835             {
4836                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4837                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
4838
4839                 int w = 0;
4840                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4841                 {
4842                     w += m_colWidths[i];
4843                     m_colRights[i] = w;
4844                 }
4845             }
4846
4847             if ( !m_numCols )
4848             {
4849                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4850             }
4851             else
4852             {
4853                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
4854                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
4855             }
4856
4857             if ( m_selection )
4858                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4859             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
4860             if (attrProvider)
4861             {
4862                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
4863
4864 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
4865 #if 0
4866                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
4867                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
4868                 // all row attributes.
4869                 // I hate to do this here, but the
4870                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
4871                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
4872                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
4873 #endif
4874             }
4875
4876             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4877             {
4878                 CalcDimensions();
4879                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
4880             }
4881         }
4882         result = true;
4883         break;
4884     }
4885
4886     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
4887         m_gridWin->Refresh();
4888
4889     return result;
4890 }
4891
4892 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4893 {
4894     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4895     wxRect r;
4896
4897     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
4898
4899     int top, bottom;
4900     while ( iter )
4901     {
4902         r = iter.GetRect();
4903
4904         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4905         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4906         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4907         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4908         //
4909 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4910         int cw, ch;
4911         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4912         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
4913         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
4914 #endif
4915
4916         // logical bounds of update region
4917         //
4918         int dummy;
4919         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
4920         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
4921
4922         // find the row labels within these bounds
4923         //
4924         int row;
4925         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
4926         {
4927             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
4928                 continue;
4929
4930             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
4931                 break;
4932
4933             rowlabels.Add( row );
4934         }
4935
4936         ++iter;
4937     }
4938
4939     return rowlabels;
4940 }
4941
4942 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4943 {
4944     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4945     wxRect r;
4946
4947     wxArrayInt colLabels;
4948
4949     int left, right;
4950     while ( iter )
4951     {
4952         r = iter.GetRect();
4953
4954         // TODO: remove this when we can...
4955         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
4956         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
4957         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
4958         //
4959 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
4960         int cw, ch;
4961         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
4962         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
4963         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
4964 #endif
4965
4966         // logical bounds of update region
4967         //
4968         int dummy;
4969         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
4970         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
4971
4972         // find the cells within these bounds
4973         //
4974         int col;
4975         for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ )
4976         {
4977             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
4978                 continue;
4979
4980             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
4981                 break;
4982
4983             colLabels.Add( col );
4984         }
4985
4986         ++iter;
4987     }
4988
4989     return colLabels;
4990 }
4991
4992 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg )
4993 {
4994     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
4995     wxRect r;
4996
4997     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
4998
4999     int left, top, right, bottom;
5000     while ( iter )
5001     {
5002         r = iter.GetRect();
5003
5004         // TODO: remove this when we can...
5005         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
5006         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
5007         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
5008         //
5009 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
5010         int cw, ch;
5011         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5012         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
5013         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
5014         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
5015         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
5016 #endif
5017
5018         // logical bounds of update region
5019         //
5020         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
5021         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
5022
5023         // find the cells within these bounds
5024         //
5025         int row, col;
5026         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
5027         {
5028             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
5029                 continue;
5030
5031             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
5032                 break;
5033
5034             for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ )
5035             {
5036                 if ( GetColRight(col) <= left )
5037                     continue;
5038
5039                 if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
5040                     break;
5041
5042                 cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) );
5043             }
5044         }
5045
5046         ++iter;
5047     }
5048
5049     return cellsExposed;
5050 }
5051
5052
5053 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5054 {
5055     int x, y, row;
5056     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5057     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5058
5059     if ( event.Dragging() )
5060     {
5061         if (!m_isDragging)
5062         {
5063             m_isDragging = true;
5064             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5065         }
5066
5067         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5068         {
5069             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5070             {
5071                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5072                 {
5073                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5074                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5075                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5076
5077                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5078                     PrepareDC( dc );
5079                     y = wxMax( y,
5080                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5081                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5082                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5083                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5084                     {
5085                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5086                     }
5087                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5088                     m_dragLastPos = y;
5089                 }
5090                 break;
5091
5092                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
5093                 {
5094                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
5095                     {
5096                         if ( m_selection )
5097                         {
5098                             m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5099                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5100                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5101                                                     event.AltDown(),
5102                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5103                         }
5104                     }
5105                 }
5106                 break;
5107
5108                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5109                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5110                 default:
5111                     break;
5112             }
5113         }
5114         return;
5115     }
5116
5117     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5118         return;
5119
5120     if (m_isDragging)
5121     {
5122         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
5123             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5124         m_isDragging = false;
5125     }
5126
5127     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5128     //
5129     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5130     {
5131         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5132     }
5133
5134     // ------------ Left button pressed
5135     //
5136     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5137     {
5138         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5139         // edge of the row label - this is probably the user
5140         // wanting to resize the row
5141         //
5142         if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5143         {
5144             row = YToRow(y);
5145             if ( row >= 0 &&
5146                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5147             {
5148                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5149                     ClearSelection();
5150                 if ( m_selection )
5151                 {
5152                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5153                     {
5154                         m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5155                                                   0,
5156                                                   row,
5157                                                   GetNumberCols() - 1,
5158                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5159                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5160                                                   event.AltDown(),
5161                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5162                     }
5163                     else
5164                     {
5165                         m_selection->SelectRow( row,
5166                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5167                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5168                                                 event.AltDown(),
5169                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5170                     }
5171                 }
5172
5173                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5174             }
5175         }
5176         else
5177         {
5178             // starting to drag-resize a row
5179             if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5180                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
5181         }
5182     }
5183
5184     // ------------ Left double click
5185     //
5186     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
5187     {
5188         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
5189         if ( row < 0 )
5190         {
5191             row = YToRow(y);
5192             if ( row >=0 &&
5193                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5194             {
5195                 // no default action at the moment
5196             }
5197         }
5198         else
5199         {
5200             // adjust row height depending on label text
5201             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
5202
5203             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5204             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5205         }
5206     }
5207
5208     // ------------ Left button released
5209     //
5210     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5211     {
5212         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5213         {
5214             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5215
5216             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5217             // default processing in this case
5218             //
5219             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5220         }
5221
5222         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
5223         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5224     }
5225
5226     // ------------ Right button down
5227     //
5228     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5229     {
5230         row = YToRow(y);
5231         if ( row >=0 &&
5232              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5233         {
5234             // no default action at the moment
5235         }
5236     }
5237
5238     // ------------ Right double click
5239     //
5240     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5241     {
5242         row = YToRow(y);
5243         if ( row >= 0 &&
5244              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
5245         {
5246             // no default action at the moment
5247         }
5248     }
5249
5250     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5251     //
5252     else if ( event.Moving() )
5253     {
5254         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5255         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5256         {
5257             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5258             {
5259                 // don't capture the mouse yet
5260                 if ( CanDragRowSize() )
5261                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5262             }
5263         }
5264         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5265         {
5266             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
5267         }
5268     }
5269 }
5270
5271 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5272 {
5273     int x, y, col;
5274     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5275     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5276
5277     if ( event.Dragging() )
5278     {
5279         if (!m_isDragging)
5280         {
5281             m_isDragging = true;
5282             m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
5283         }
5284
5285         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
5286         {
5287             switch ( m_cursorMode )
5288             {
5289                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5290                 {
5291                     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5292                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5293                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5294
5295                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5296                     PrepareDC( dc );
5297
5298                     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5299                                   GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
5300                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5301                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5302                     {
5303                         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5304                     }
5305                     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5306                     m_dragLastPos = x;
5307                 }
5308                 break;
5309
5310                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
5311                 {
5312                     if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 )
5313                     {
5314                         if ( m_selection )
5315                         {
5316                             m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5317                                                     event.ControlDown(),
5318                                                     event.ShiftDown(),
5319                                                     event.AltDown(),
5320                                                     event.MetaDown() );
5321                         }
5322                     }
5323                 }
5324                 break;
5325
5326                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
5327                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
5328                 default:
5329                     break;
5330             }
5331         }
5332         return;
5333     }
5334
5335     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
5336         return;
5337
5338     if (m_isDragging)
5339     {
5340         if (m_colLabelWin->HasCapture())
5341             m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
5342         m_isDragging = false;
5343     }
5344
5345     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
5346     //
5347     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5348     {
5349         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5350     }
5351
5352     // ------------ Left button pressed
5353     //
5354     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
5355     {
5356         // don't send a label click event for a hit on the
5357         // edge of the col label - this is probably the user
5358         // wanting to resize the col
5359         //
5360         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 )
5361         {
5362             col = XToCol(x);
5363             if ( col >= 0 &&
5364                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5365             {
5366                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
5367                     ClearSelection();
5368                 if ( m_selection )
5369                 {
5370                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5371                     {
5372                         m_selection->SelectBlock( 0,
5373                                                   m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5374                                                   GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
5375                                                   event.ControlDown(),
5376                                                   event.ShiftDown(),
5377                                                   event.AltDown(),
5378                                                   event.MetaDown() );
5379                     }
5380                     else
5381                     {
5382                         m_selection->SelectCol( col,
5383                                                 event.ControlDown(),
5384                                                 event.ShiftDown(),
5385                                                 event.AltDown(),
5386                                                 event.MetaDown() );
5387                     }
5388                 }
5389
5390                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5391             }
5392         }
5393         else
5394         {
5395             // starting to drag-resize a col
5396             //
5397             if ( CanDragColSize() )
5398                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin);
5399         }
5400     }
5401
5402     // ------------ Left double click
5403     //
5404     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5405     {
5406         col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
5407         if ( col < 0 )
5408         {
5409             col = XToCol(x);
5410             if ( col >= 0 &&
5411                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5412             {
5413                 // no default action at the moment
5414             }
5415         }
5416         else
5417         {
5418             // adjust column width depending on label text
5419             AutoSizeColLabelSize( col );
5420
5421             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5422             m_dragLastPos = -1;
5423         }
5424     }
5425
5426     // ------------ Left button released
5427     //
5428     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5429     {
5430         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5431         {
5432             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5433
5434             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5435             // default processing in this case
5436             //
5437             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5438         }
5439
5440         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin);
5441         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5442     }
5443
5444     // ------------ Right button down
5445     //
5446     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5447     {
5448         col = XToCol(x);
5449         if ( col >= 0 &&
5450              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5451         {
5452             // no default action at the moment
5453         }
5454     }
5455
5456     // ------------ Right double click
5457     //
5458     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5459     {
5460         col = XToCol(x);
5461         if ( col >= 0 &&
5462              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
5463         {
5464             // no default action at the moment
5465         }
5466     }
5467
5468     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
5469     //
5470     else if ( event.Moving() )
5471     {
5472         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5473         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
5474         {
5475             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5476             {
5477                 // don't capture the cursor yet
5478                 if ( CanDragColSize() )
5479                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5480             }
5481         }
5482         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5483         {
5484             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, false);
5485         }
5486     }
5487 }
5488
5489 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5490 {
5491     if ( event.LeftDown() )
5492     {
5493         // indicate corner label by having both row and
5494         // col args == -1
5495         //
5496         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5497         {
5498             SelectAll();
5499         }
5500     }
5501     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
5502     {
5503         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
5504     }
5505     else if ( event.RightDown() )
5506     {
5507         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5508         {
5509             // no default action at the moment
5510         }
5511     }
5512     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
5513     {
5514         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
5515         {
5516             // no default action at the moment
5517         }
5518     }
5519 }
5520
5521 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
5522                               wxWindow *win,
5523                               bool captureMouse)
5524 {
5525 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
5526     static const wxChar *cursorModes[] =
5527     {
5528         _T("SELECT_CELL"),
5529         _T("RESIZE_ROW"),
5530         _T("RESIZE_COL"),
5531         _T("SELECT_ROW"),
5532         _T("SELECT_COL")
5533     };
5534
5535     wxLogTrace(_T("grid"),
5536                _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
5537                win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin")
5538                                     : win ? _T("rowLabelWin")
5539                                           : _T("gridWin"),
5540                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
5541 #endif
5542
5543     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
5544          win == m_winCapture &&
5545          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
5546         return;
5547
5548     if ( !win )
5549     {
5550         // by default use the grid itself
5551         win = m_gridWin;
5552     }
5553
5554     if ( m_winCapture )
5555     {
5556         if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5557             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5558         m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL;
5559     }
5560
5561     m_cursorMode = mode;
5562
5563     switch ( m_cursorMode )
5564     {
5565         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
5566             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
5567             break;
5568
5569         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
5570             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
5571             break;
5572
5573         default:
5574             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5575             break;
5576     }
5577
5578     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
5579     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
5580                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
5581
5582     if ( captureMouse && resize )
5583     {
5584         win->CaptureMouse();
5585         m_winCapture = win;
5586     }
5587 }
5588
5589 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
5590 {
5591     int x, y;
5592     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
5593     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
5594
5595     wxGridCellCoords coords;
5596     XYToCell( x, y, coords );
5597
5598     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5599     bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
5600     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5601     if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5602     {
5603         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
5604         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
5605     }
5606
5607     if ( event.Dragging() )
5608     {
5609         //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5610
5611         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged at
5612         // least 3 pixels in any direction...
5613         if (! m_isDragging)
5614         {
5615             if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition)
5616             {
5617                 m_startDragPos = pos;
5618                 return;
5619             }
5620             if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4)
5621                 return;
5622         }
5623
5624         m_isDragging = true;
5625         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5626         {
5627             // Hide the edit control, so it
5628             // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
5629             if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5630             {
5631                 HideCellEditControl();
5632                 SaveEditControlValue();
5633             }
5634
5635             // Have we captured the mouse yet?
5636             if (! m_winCapture)
5637             {
5638                 m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
5639                 m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
5640             }
5641
5642             if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5643             {
5644                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5645                 {
5646                     if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5647                         m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5648                     HighlightBlock( m_selectingKeyboard, coords );
5649                 }
5650                 else if ( CanDragCell() )
5651                 {
5652                     if ( isFirstDrag )
5653                     {
5654                         if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords)
5655                             m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5656
5657                         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG,
5658                                    coords.GetRow(),
5659                                    coords.GetCol(),
5660                                    event );
5661                     }
5662                 }
5663                 else
5664                 {
5665                     if ( !IsSelection() )
5666                     {
5667                         HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5668                     }
5669                     else
5670                     {
5671                         HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords );
5672                     }
5673                 }
5674
5675                 if (! IsVisible(coords))
5676                 {
5677                     MakeCellVisible(coords);
5678                     // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here.  The
5679                     // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK.
5680                 }
5681             }
5682         }
5683         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5684         {
5685             int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5686             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5687             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5688
5689             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5690             PrepareDC( dc );
5691             y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5692                           GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5693             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5694             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5695             {
5696                 dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
5697             }
5698             dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
5699             m_dragLastPos = y;
5700         }
5701         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5702         {
5703             int cw, ch, dummy, top;
5704             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5705             CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
5706
5707             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5708             PrepareDC( dc );
5709             x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) +
5710                           GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) );
5711             dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
5712             if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5713             {
5714                 dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
5715             }
5716             dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
5717             m_dragLastPos = x;
5718         }
5719
5720         return;
5721     }
5722
5723     m_isDragging = false;
5724     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
5725
5726     // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL
5727     //     immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under
5728     //     wxGTK
5729 #if 0
5730     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
5731     {
5732         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5733         m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
5734     }
5735     else
5736 #endif // 0
5737
5738     // ------------ Left button pressed
5739     //
5740     if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5741     {
5742         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK,
5743                        coords.GetRow(),
5744                        coords.GetCol(),
5745                        event ) )
5746         {
5747             if ( !event.CmdDown() )
5748                 ClearSelection();
5749             if ( event.ShiftDown() )
5750             {
5751                 if ( m_selection )
5752                 {
5753                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
5754                                               m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
5755                                               coords.GetRow(),
5756                                               coords.GetCol(),
5757                                               event.ControlDown(),
5758                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5759                                               event.AltDown(),
5760                                               event.MetaDown() );
5761                 }
5762             }
5763             else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 &&
5764                       YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5765             {
5766                 DisableCellEditControl();
5767                 MakeCellVisible( coords );
5768
5769                 if ( event.CmdDown() )
5770                 {
5771                     if ( m_selection )
5772                     {
5773                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(),
5774                                                           coords.GetCol(),
5775                                                           event.ControlDown(),
5776                                                           event.ShiftDown(),
5777                                                           event.AltDown(),
5778                                                           event.MetaDown() );
5779                     }
5780                     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5781                     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5782                     m_selectingKeyboard = coords;
5783                 }
5784                 else
5785                 {
5786                     m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
5787                     SetCurrentCell( coords );
5788                     if ( m_selection )
5789                     {
5790                         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() !=
5791                                 wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells )
5792                         {
5793                             HighlightBlock( coords, coords );
5794                         }
5795                     }
5796                 }
5797             }
5798         }
5799     }
5800
5801     // ------------ Left double click
5802     //
5803     else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5804     {
5805         DisableCellEditControl();
5806
5807         if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 )
5808         {
5809             if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK,
5810                              coords.GetRow(),
5811                              coords.GetCol(),
5812                              event ) )
5813             {
5814                 // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
5815                 // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
5816                 m_waitForSlowClick = true;
5817             }
5818         }
5819     }
5820
5821     // ------------ Left button released
5822     //
5823     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
5824     {
5825         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5826         {
5827             if (m_winCapture)
5828             {
5829                 if (m_winCapture->HasCapture())
5830                     m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
5831                 m_winCapture = NULL;
5832             }
5833
5834             if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
5835             {
5836                 ClearSelection();
5837                 EnableCellEditControl();
5838
5839                 wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
5840                 wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
5841                 editor->StartingClick();
5842                 editor->DecRef();
5843                 attr->DecRef();
5844
5845                 m_waitForSlowClick = false;
5846             }
5847             else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5848                  m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5849             {
5850                 if ( m_selection )
5851                 {
5852                     m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
5853                                               m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
5854                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
5855                                               m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
5856                                               event.ControlDown(),
5857                                               event.ShiftDown(),
5858                                               event.AltDown(),
5859                                               event.MetaDown() );
5860                 }
5861
5862                 m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5863                 m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
5864
5865                 // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
5866                 // drag-shrinking.
5867                 ShowCellEditControl();
5868             }
5869         }
5870         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
5871         {
5872             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5873             DoEndDragResizeRow();
5874
5875             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5876             // default processing in this case
5877             //
5878             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event );
5879         }
5880         else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
5881         {
5882             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5883             DoEndDragResizeCol();
5884
5885             // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing
5886             // default processing in this case
5887             //
5888             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event );
5889         }
5890
5891         m_dragLastPos = -1;
5892     }
5893
5894     // ------------ Right button down
5895     //
5896     else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5897     {
5898         DisableCellEditControl();
5899         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK,
5900                          coords.GetRow(),
5901                          coords.GetCol(),
5902                          event ) )
5903         {
5904             // no default action at the moment
5905         }
5906     }
5907
5908     // ------------ Right double click
5909     //
5910     else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
5911     {
5912         DisableCellEditControl();
5913         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK,
5914                          coords.GetRow(),
5915                          coords.GetCol(),
5916                          event ) )
5917         {
5918             // no default action at the moment
5919         }
5920     }
5921
5922     // ------------ Moving and no button action
5923     //
5924     else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() )
5925     {
5926         if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
5927         {
5928             // out of grid cell area
5929             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5930             return;
5931         }
5932
5933         int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
5934         int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
5935
5936         // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
5937         // directions is not implemented yet...
5938         //
5939         if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
5940         {
5941             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5942             return;
5943         }
5944
5945         if ( dragRow >= 0 )
5946         {
5947             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
5948
5949             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5950             {
5951                 if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5952                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW);
5953             }
5954         }
5955         else if ( dragCol >= 0 )
5956         {
5957             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
5958
5959             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5960             {
5961                 if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() )
5962                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL);
5963             }
5964         }
5965         else // Neither on a row or col edge
5966         {
5967             if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
5968             {
5969                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
5970             }
5971         }
5972     }
5973 }
5974
5975 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow()
5976 {
5977     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
5978     {
5979         // erase the last line and resize the row
5980         //
5981         int cw, ch, left, dummy;
5982         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5983         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
5984
5985         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5986         PrepareDC( dc );
5987         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
5988         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left + cw, m_dragLastPos );
5989         HideCellEditControl();
5990         SaveEditControlValue();
5991
5992         int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol);
5993         SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
5994                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, m_minAcceptableRowHeight ) );
5995
5996         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
5997         {
5998             // Only needed to get the correct rect.y:
5999             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) );
6000             rect.x = 0;
6001             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6002             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6003             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6004             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6005             rect.width = cw;
6006
6007             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6008             if (m_table)
6009             {
6010                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_rows = 0;
6011                 int leftCol = XToCol(left);
6012                 int rightCol = internalXToCol(left + cw);
6013                 if (leftCol >= 0)
6014                 {
6015                     for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
6016                     {
6017                         GetCellSize(m_dragRowOrCol, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6018                         if (cell_rows < subtract_rows)
6019                             subtract_rows = cell_rows;
6020                     }
6021                     rect.y = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_rows);
6022                     CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
6023                     rect.height = ch - rect.y;
6024                 }
6025             }
6026             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6027         }
6028
6029         ShowCellEditControl();
6030     }
6031 }
6032
6033
6034 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol()
6035 {
6036     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
6037     {
6038         // erase the last line and resize the col
6039         //
6040         int cw, ch, dummy, top;
6041         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6042         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
6043
6044         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6045         PrepareDC( dc );
6046         dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT );
6047         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
6048         HideCellEditControl();
6049         SaveEditControlValue();
6050
6051         int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol);
6052         SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol,
6053                     wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft,
6054                            GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) );
6055
6056         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6057         {
6058             // Only needed to get the correct rect.x:
6059             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) );
6060             rect.y = 0;
6061             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6062             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6063             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6064             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6065             rect.height = ch;
6066
6067             // if there is a multicell block, paint all of it
6068             if (m_table)
6069             {
6070                 int i, cell_rows, cell_cols, subtract_cols = 0;
6071                 int topRow = YToRow(top);
6072                 int bottomRow = internalYToRow(top + cw);
6073                 if (topRow >= 0)
6074                 {
6075                     for (i=topRow; i<bottomRow; i++)
6076                     {
6077                         GetCellSize(i, m_dragRowOrCol, &cell_rows, &cell_cols);
6078                         if (cell_cols < subtract_cols)
6079                             subtract_cols = cell_cols;
6080                     }
6081
6082                     rect.x = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol + subtract_cols);
6083                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
6084                     rect.width = cw - rect.x;
6085                 }
6086             }
6087
6088             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6089         }
6090
6091         ShowCellEditControl();
6092     }
6093 }
6094
6095 //
6096 // ------ interaction with data model
6097 //
6098 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
6099 {
6100     switch ( msg.GetId() )
6101     {
6102         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
6103             return GetModelValues();
6104
6105         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
6106             return SetModelValues();
6107
6108         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
6109         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
6110         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
6111         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
6112         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
6113         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
6114             return Redimension( msg );
6115
6116         default:
6117             return false;
6118     }
6119 }
6120
6121 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
6122 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
6123 // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
6124 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
6125 //
6126 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
6127 {
6128     if ( m_table )
6129     {
6130         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6131             DisableCellEditControl();
6132
6133         m_table->Clear();
6134         if (!GetBatchCount())
6135             m_gridWin->Refresh();
6136     }
6137 }
6138
6139 bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6140 {
6141     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6142
6143     if ( !m_created )
6144     {
6145         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6146         return false;
6147     }
6148
6149     if ( m_table )
6150     {
6151         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6152             DisableCellEditControl();
6153
6154         bool done = m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows );
6155         return done;
6156
6157         // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
6158         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6159     }
6160
6161     return false;
6162 }
6163
6164 bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6165 {
6166     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6167
6168     if ( !m_created )
6169     {
6170         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6171         return false;
6172     }
6173
6174     if ( m_table )
6175     {
6176         bool done = m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows );
6177         return done;
6178
6179         // the table will have sent the results of the append row
6180         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6181     }
6182
6183     return false;
6184 }
6185
6186 bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6187 {
6188     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6189
6190     if ( !m_created )
6191     {
6192         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6193         return false;
6194     }
6195
6196     if ( m_table )
6197     {
6198         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6199             DisableCellEditControl();
6200
6201         bool done = m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows );
6202         return done;
6203         // the table will have sent the results of the delete row
6204         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6205     }
6206
6207     return false;
6208 }
6209
6210 bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6211 {
6212     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6213
6214     if ( !m_created )
6215     {
6216         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6217         return false;
6218     }
6219
6220     if ( m_table )
6221     {
6222         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6223             DisableCellEditControl();
6224
6225         bool done = m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols );
6226         return done;
6227         // the table will have sent the results of the insert col
6228         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6229     }
6230
6231     return false;
6232 }
6233
6234 bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6235 {
6236     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6237
6238     if ( !m_created )
6239     {
6240         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6241         return false;
6242     }
6243
6244     if ( m_table )
6245     {
6246         bool done = m_table->AppendCols( numCols );
6247         return done;
6248         // the table will have sent the results of the append col
6249         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6250     }
6251
6252     return false;
6253 }
6254
6255 bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
6256 {
6257     // TODO: something with updateLabels flag
6258
6259     if ( !m_created )
6260     {
6261         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") );
6262         return false;
6263     }
6264
6265     if ( m_table )
6266     {
6267         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
6268             DisableCellEditControl();
6269
6270         bool done = m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols );
6271         return done;
6272         // the table will have sent the results of the delete col
6273         // operation to this view object as a grid table message
6274     }
6275
6276     return false;
6277 }
6278
6279 //
6280 // ----- event handlers
6281 //
6282
6283 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and
6284 // return the result of ProcessEvent()
6285 //
6286 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6287                         int row, int col,
6288                         wxMouseEvent& mouseEv )
6289 {
6290    bool claimed, vetoed;
6291
6292    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6293    {
6294        int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6295
6296        wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6297                type,
6298                this,
6299                rowOrCol,
6300                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6301                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6302                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6303                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6304                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6305                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6306
6307        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6308        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6309    }
6310    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
6311    {
6312        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
6313        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6314                type,
6315                this,
6316                m_selectingTopLeft,
6317                m_selectingBottomRight,
6318                true,
6319                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6320                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6321                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6322                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6323
6324        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6325        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6326    }
6327    else
6328    {
6329        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
6330                type,
6331                this,
6332                row, col,
6333                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
6334                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
6335                false,
6336                mouseEv.ControlDown(),
6337                mouseEv.ShiftDown(),
6338                mouseEv.AltDown(),
6339                mouseEv.MetaDown() );
6340        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6341        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6342    }
6343
6344    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6345    if (vetoed)
6346        return -1;
6347
6348    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6349 }
6350
6351 // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result
6352 // of ProcessEvent().
6353 //
6354 int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type,
6355                         int row, int col )
6356 {
6357    bool claimed, vetoed;
6358
6359     if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE )
6360     {
6361         int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row);
6362
6363         wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, rowOrCol );
6364
6365         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6366         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6367     }
6368     else
6369     {
6370         wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
6371
6372         claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
6373         vetoed  = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
6374      }
6375
6376     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
6377     if (vetoed)
6378         return -1;
6379
6380     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
6381 }
6382
6383 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
6384 {
6385     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
6386     wxPaintDC dc(this);
6387 }
6388
6389 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
6390 {
6391     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
6392     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
6393     if (! GetBatchCount())
6394     {
6395         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
6396         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
6397
6398         if (rect)
6399         {
6400             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
6401             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
6402             int x, y;
6403
6404             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
6405             rect_x = rect->GetX();
6406             rect_y = rect->GetY();
6407             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
6408             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
6409
6410             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
6411             if (width_label > rectWidth)
6412                 width_label = rectWidth;
6413
6414             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
6415             if (height_label > rectHeight)
6416                 height_label = rectHeight;
6417
6418             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
6419             {
6420                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
6421                 width_cell = rectWidth;
6422             }
6423             else
6424             {
6425                 x = 0;
6426                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
6427             }
6428
6429             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
6430             {
6431                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
6432                 height_cell = rectHeight;
6433             }
6434             else
6435             {
6436                 y = 0;
6437                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
6438             }
6439
6440             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
6441             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6442             {
6443                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
6444                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6445             }
6446
6447             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
6448             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
6449             {
6450                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
6451                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6452             }
6453
6454             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
6455             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6456             {
6457                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
6458                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6459             }
6460
6461             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
6462             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
6463             {
6464                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
6465                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
6466             }
6467         }
6468         else
6469         {
6470             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6471             m_colLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6472             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6473             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
6474         }
6475     }
6476 }
6477
6478 void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event )
6479 {
6480     // position the child windows
6481     CalcWindowSizes();
6482
6483     // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size
6484     // changes itself
6485     event.Skip();
6486 }
6487
6488 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
6489 {
6490     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
6491     {
6492         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
6493         //
6494         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
6495     }
6496
6497     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
6498
6499     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
6500     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
6501     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
6502     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
6503
6504     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
6505     {
6506         // try local handlers
6507         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
6508         {
6509             case WXK_UP:
6510                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6511                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6512                 else
6513                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
6514                 break;
6515
6516             case WXK_DOWN:
6517                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6518                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6519                 else
6520                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6521                 break;
6522
6523             case WXK_LEFT:
6524                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6525                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6526                 else
6527                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
6528                 break;
6529
6530             case WXK_RIGHT:
6531                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6532                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
6533                 else
6534                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
6535                 break;
6536
6537             case WXK_RETURN:
6538             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
6539                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6540                 {
6541                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
6542                 }
6543                 else
6544                 {
6545                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
6546                     {
6547                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
6548                     }
6549                     else
6550                     {
6551                         // at the bottom of a column
6552                         DisableCellEditControl();
6553                     }
6554                 }
6555                 break;
6556
6557             case WXK_ESCAPE:
6558                 ClearSelection();
6559                 break;
6560
6561             case WXK_TAB:
6562                 if (event.ShiftDown())
6563                 {
6564                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
6565                     {
6566                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
6567                     }
6568                     else
6569                     {
6570                         // at left of grid
6571                         DisableCellEditControl();
6572                     }
6573                 }
6574                 else
6575                 {
6576                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
6577                     {
6578                         MoveCursorRight( false );
6579                     }
6580                     else
6581                     {
6582                         // at right of grid
6583                         DisableCellEditControl();
6584                     }
6585                 }
6586                 break;
6587
6588             case WXK_HOME:
6589                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6590                 {
6591                     MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 );
6592                     SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
6593                 }
6594                 else
6595                 {
6596                     event.Skip();
6597                 }
6598                 break;
6599
6600             case WXK_END:
6601                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6602                 {
6603                     MakeCellVisible( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6604                     SetCurrentCell( m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
6605                 }
6606                 else
6607                 {
6608                     event.Skip();
6609                 }
6610                 break;
6611
6612             case WXK_PAGEUP:
6613                 MovePageUp();
6614                 break;
6615
6616             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
6617                 MovePageDown();
6618                 break;
6619
6620             case WXK_SPACE:
6621                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
6622                 {
6623                     if ( m_selection )
6624                     {
6625                         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(
6626                             m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
6627                             m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
6628                             event.ControlDown(),
6629                             event.ShiftDown(),
6630                             event.AltDown(),
6631                             event.MetaDown() );
6632                     }
6633                     break;
6634                 }
6635
6636                 if ( !IsEditable() )
6637                     MoveCursorRight( false );
6638                 else
6639                     event.Skip();
6640                 break;
6641
6642             default:
6643                 event.Skip();
6644                 break;
6645         }
6646     }
6647
6648     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
6649 }
6650
6651 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
6652 {
6653     // try local handlers
6654     //
6655     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
6656     {
6657         if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
6658              m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6659         {
6660             if ( m_selection )
6661             {
6662                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
6663                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(),
6664                     m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(),
6665                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(),
6666                     m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(),
6667                     event.ControlDown(),
6668                     true,
6669                     event.AltDown(),
6670                     event.MetaDown() );
6671             }
6672         }
6673
6674         m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6675         m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6676         m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords;
6677     }
6678 }
6679
6680 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
6681 {
6682     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
6683     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
6684     {
6685         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
6686         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6687         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6688         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6689         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6690
6691         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
6692         // other keys - ask the editor itself
6693         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
6694              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
6695         {
6696             // ensure cell is visble
6697             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
6698             EnableCellEditControl();
6699
6700             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
6701             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
6702             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
6703             // crash the app
6704             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
6705                 editor->StartingKey(event);
6706         }
6707         else
6708         {
6709             event.Skip();
6710         }
6711
6712         editor->DecRef();
6713         attr->DecRef();
6714     }
6715     else
6716     {
6717         event.Skip();
6718     }
6719 }
6720
6721 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
6722 {
6723 }
6724
6725 void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
6726 {
6727     if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) )
6728     {
6729         // the event has been intercepted - do nothing
6730         return;
6731     }
6732
6733     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6734     PrepareDC( dc );
6735
6736     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
6737     {
6738         DisableCellEditControl();
6739
6740         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
6741         {
6742             wxRect r;
6743             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
6744             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
6745             {
6746                 r.x--;
6747                 r.y--;
6748                 r.width++;
6749                 r.height++;
6750             }
6751
6752             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
6753
6754             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
6755             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6756
6757             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
6758             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
6759         }
6760     }
6761
6762     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
6763
6764     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
6765     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
6766     attr->DecRef();
6767 }
6768
6769 void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol )
6770 {
6771     int temp;
6772     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight;
6773
6774     if ( m_selection )
6775     {
6776         if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
6777         {
6778             leftCol = 0;
6779             rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
6780         }
6781         else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
6782         {
6783             topRow = 0;
6784             bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
6785         }
6786     }
6787
6788     if ( topRow > bottomRow )
6789     {
6790         temp = topRow;
6791         topRow = bottomRow;
6792         bottomRow = temp;
6793     }
6794
6795     if ( leftCol > rightCol )
6796     {
6797         temp = leftCol;
6798         leftCol = rightCol;
6799         rightCol = temp;
6800     }
6801
6802     updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol );
6803     updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol );
6804
6805     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
6806     if ( m_selectingTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
6807          m_selectingBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6808     {
6809         wxRect rect;
6810         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
6811                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
6812         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6813     }
6814
6815     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
6816     else if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
6817               m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
6818     {
6819         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
6820         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
6821         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
6822         wxRect  rect[4];
6823         bool    need_refresh[4];
6824         need_refresh[0] =
6825         need_refresh[1] =
6826         need_refresh[2] =
6827         need_refresh[3] = false;
6828         int     i;
6829
6830         // Store intermediate values
6831         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol();
6832         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow();
6833         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol();
6834         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow();
6835
6836         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
6837         if (oldLeft > leftCol)
6838         {
6839             temp = oldLeft;
6840             oldLeft = leftCol;
6841             leftCol = temp;
6842         }
6843         if (oldTop > topRow )
6844         {
6845             temp = oldTop;
6846             oldTop = topRow;
6847             topRow = temp;
6848         }
6849         if (oldRight < rightCol )
6850         {
6851             temp = oldRight;
6852             oldRight = rightCol;
6853             rightCol = temp;
6854         }
6855         if (oldBottom < bottomRow)
6856         {
6857             temp = oldBottom;
6858             oldBottom = bottomRow;
6859             bottomRow = temp;
6860         }
6861
6862         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
6863         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
6864         // is contained in the other.
6865
6866         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
6867         {
6868             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6869             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
6870             need_refresh[0] = true;
6871             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6872                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
6873                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
6874         }
6875
6876         if ( oldTop < topRow )
6877         {
6878             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6879             // area above the old or new selection.
6880             need_refresh[1] = true;
6881             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6882                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
6883                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
6884         }
6885
6886         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
6887         {
6888             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6889             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
6890             need_refresh[2] = true;
6891             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6892                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
6893                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
6894         }
6895
6896         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
6897         {
6898             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
6899             // area below the old or new selection.
6900             need_refresh[3] = true;
6901             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
6902                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
6903                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
6904         }
6905
6906         // various Refresh() calls
6907         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
6908             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
6909                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
6910     }
6911
6912     // change selection
6913     m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
6914     m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
6915 }
6916
6917 //
6918 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
6919 //
6920
6921 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
6922 {
6923     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6924     HideCellEditControl();
6925
6926     if ( m_table )
6927     {
6928         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
6929         //
6930         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6931         return true;
6932     }
6933
6934     return false;
6935 }
6936
6937 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
6938 {
6939     int row, col;
6940
6941     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
6942     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
6943     // I think so ...
6944     DisableCellEditControl();
6945
6946     if ( m_table )
6947     {
6948         for ( row = 0;  row < m_numRows;  row++ )
6949         {
6950             for ( col = 0;  col < m_numCols;  col++ )
6951             {
6952                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
6953             }
6954         }
6955
6956         return true;
6957     }
6958
6959     return false;
6960 }
6961
6962 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
6963 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
6964 // CalcExposedCells)
6965 //
6966 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
6967 {
6968     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
6969         return;
6970
6971     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
6972     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6973     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
6974
6975     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6976     {
6977         row = cells[i].GetRow();
6978         col = cells[i].GetCol();
6979         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6980
6981         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
6982         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
6983         {
6984             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
6985             bool marked = false;
6986             for ( int j = 0;  j < numCells; j++ )
6987             {
6988                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
6989                 {
6990                     marked = true;
6991                     break;
6992                 }
6993             }
6994
6995             if (!marked)
6996             {
6997                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
6998                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
6999                 {
7000                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
7001                     {
7002                         marked = true;
7003                         break;
7004                     }
7005                 }
7006
7007                 if (!marked)
7008                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7009             }
7010
7011             // don't bother drawing this cell
7012             continue;
7013         }
7014
7015         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
7016         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
7017         {
7018             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
7019             {
7020                 // find a cell in this row to left alreay marked for repaint
7021                 int left = col;
7022                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
7023                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
7024                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
7025                     {
7026                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
7027                     }
7028
7029                 if (left == col)
7030                     left = 0; // oh well
7031
7032                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
7033                 {
7034                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
7035                     {
7036                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
7037                         {
7038                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
7039                             bool marked = false;
7040
7041                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
7042                             {
7043                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
7044                                 {
7045                                     marked = true;
7046                                     break;
7047                                 }
7048                             }
7049
7050                             if (!marked)
7051                             {
7052                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
7053                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
7054                                 {
7055                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
7056                                     {
7057                                         marked = true;
7058                                         break;
7059                                     }
7060                                 }
7061                                 if (!marked)
7062                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
7063                             }
7064                         }
7065                         break;
7066                     }
7067                 }
7068             }
7069         }
7070
7071         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
7072     }
7073
7074     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
7075
7076     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0;  i-- )
7077     {
7078         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
7079     }
7080 }
7081
7082 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
7083 {
7084   int cw, ch;
7085   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7086
7087   int right, bottom;
7088   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7089
7090   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0;
7091   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
7092
7093   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
7094   {
7095       int left, top;
7096       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7097
7098       dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) );
7099       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
7100
7101       if ( right > rightCol )
7102       {
7103           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
7104       }
7105
7106       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
7107       {
7108           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
7109       }
7110   }
7111 }
7112
7113 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7114 {
7115     int row = coords.GetRow();
7116     int col = coords.GetCol();
7117
7118     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7119         return;
7120
7121     // we draw the cell border ourselves
7122 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7123     if ( m_gridLinesEnabled )
7124         DrawCellBorder( dc, coords );
7125 #endif
7126
7127     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7128
7129     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
7130
7131     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7132
7133     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
7134     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
7135     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
7136     {
7137         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
7138         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
7139         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
7140         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
7141 #if !defined(__WXMAC__) || wxMAC_USE_CORE_GRAPHICS
7142         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7143         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
7144         editor->DecRef();
7145 #endif
7146     }
7147     else
7148     {
7149         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
7150         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7151         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
7152         renderer->DecRef();
7153     }
7154
7155     attr->DecRef();
7156 }
7157
7158 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
7159 {
7160     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7161     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7162
7163     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7164         return;
7165
7166     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
7167
7168     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
7169     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
7170     // it doesn't look really good
7171
7172     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
7173
7174     if (penWidth > 0)
7175     {
7176         // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of
7177         // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW at least,) so we will
7178         // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of
7179         // the line. If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then
7180         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
7181         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
7182         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
7183         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
7184         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
7185
7186         // Now draw the rectangle
7187         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
7188         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
7189         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground : m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID));
7190         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
7191         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7192     }
7193
7194 #if 0
7195         // VZ: my experiments with 3D borders...
7196
7197         // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg?
7198         wxCoord x1 = rect.x,
7199                 y1 = rect.y,
7200                 x2 = rect.x + rect.width - 1,
7201                 y2 = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7202
7203         dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
7204         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1);
7205         dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2);
7206
7207         dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1);
7208         dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2);
7209
7210         dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN);
7211         dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2);
7212         dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2 + 1);
7213 #endif
7214 }
7215
7216 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
7217 {
7218     int row = coords.GetRow();
7219     int col = coords.GetCol();
7220     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
7221         return;
7222
7223     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7224
7225     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
7226
7227     // right hand border
7228     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
7229                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
7230
7231     // bottom border
7232     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
7233                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
7234 }
7235
7236 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
7237 {
7238     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
7239     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
7240     //
7241     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
7242          m_numRows && m_numCols )
7243     {
7244         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
7245     }
7246
7247     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
7248     {
7249         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
7250         return;
7251     }
7252
7253     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
7254     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
7255     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
7256     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
7257     {
7258         if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords )
7259         {
7260             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7261             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
7262             attr->DecRef();
7263
7264             break;
7265         }
7266     }
7267 }
7268
7269 // TODO: remove this ???
7270 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
7271 // has been changed
7272 //
7273 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
7274 {
7275 #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES
7276     return;
7277 #endif
7278
7279     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
7280          return;
7281
7282     int top, bottom, left, right;
7283
7284 #if 0  //#ifndef __WXGTK__
7285     if (reg.IsEmpty())
7286     {
7287       int cw, ch;
7288       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7289
7290       // virtual coords of visible area
7291       //
7292       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7293       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7294     }
7295     else
7296     {
7297       wxCoord x, y, w, h;
7298       reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h);
7299       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top );
7300       CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom );
7301     }
7302 #else
7303       int cw, ch;
7304       m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
7305       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
7306       CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
7307 #endif
7308
7309     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
7310     //
7311     right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) );
7312     bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) );
7313
7314     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
7315     int leftCol = internalXToCol(left);
7316     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
7317     int rightCol = internalXToCol(right);
7318     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
7319
7320 #ifndef __WXMAC__
7321     // CS: I don't know why suddenly unscrolled coordinates are used for clipping
7322     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
7323
7324     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7325     wxRect rect;
7326
7327     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7328     {
7329         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7330         {
7331             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7332             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7333             {
7334                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
7335                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7336                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7337             }
7338             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7339             {
7340                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7341                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7342                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7343             }
7344         }
7345     }
7346 #else
7347     wxRegion clippedcells( left , top, right - left, bottom - top);
7348
7349     int i, j, cell_rows, cell_cols;
7350     wxRect rect;
7351
7352     for (j=topRow; j<bottomRow; j++)
7353     {
7354         for (i=leftCol; i<rightCol; i++)
7355         {
7356             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7357             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7358             {
7359                 rect = CellToRect(j, i);
7360                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7361             }
7362             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
7363             {
7364                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
7365                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
7366             }
7367         }
7368     }
7369 #endif
7370
7371     dc.SetClippingRegion( clippedcells );
7372
7373     dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) );
7374
7375     // horizontal grid lines
7376     //
7377     // already declared above - int i;
7378     for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
7379     {
7380         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
7381
7382         if ( bot > bottom )
7383         {
7384             break;
7385         }
7386
7387         if ( bot >= top )
7388         {
7389             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
7390         }
7391     }
7392
7393     // vertical grid lines
7394     //
7395     for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ )
7396     {
7397         int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1;
7398         if ( colRight > right )
7399         {
7400             break;
7401         }
7402
7403         if ( colRight >= left )
7404         {
7405             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
7406         }
7407     }
7408
7409     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7410 }
7411
7412 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows)
7413 {
7414     if ( !m_numRows )
7415         return;
7416
7417     size_t i;
7418     size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
7419
7420     for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
7421     {
7422         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
7423     }
7424 }
7425
7426 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
7427 {
7428     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
7429         return;
7430
7431     wxRect rect;
7432
7433 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7434     rect.SetX( 1 );
7435     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 1 );
7436     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 2 );
7437     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 2 );
7438
7439     CalcScrolledPosition( 0, rect.y, NULL, &rect.y );
7440
7441     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7442
7443     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7444 #else
7445     int rowTop = GetRowTop(row),
7446         rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1;
7447
7448     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7449     dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowBottom );
7450     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom );
7451     dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth, rowBottom );
7452
7453     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7454     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, 1, rowBottom );
7455     dc.DrawLine( 1, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth - 1, rowTop );
7456 #endif
7457
7458     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7459     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7460     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7461
7462     int hAlign, vAlign;
7463     GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7464
7465     rect.SetX( 2 );
7466     rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 );
7467     rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 );
7468     rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 );
7469     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign );
7470 }
7471
7472 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
7473 {
7474     if ( !m_numCols )
7475         return;
7476
7477     size_t i;
7478     size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
7479
7480     for ( i = 0;  i < numLabels;  i++ )
7481     {
7482         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
7483     }
7484 }
7485
7486 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col )
7487 {
7488     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
7489         return;
7490
7491     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
7492
7493     wxRect rect;
7494
7495 #ifdef __WXGTK20__
7496     rect.SetX( colLeft + 1 );
7497     rect.SetY( 1 );
7498     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 2 );
7499     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 2 );
7500
7501     wxWindowDC *win_dc = (wxWindowDC*) &dc;
7502
7503     wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton( win_dc->m_owner, dc, rect, 0 );
7504 #else
7505     int colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1;
7506
7507     dc.SetPen( wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DDKSHADOW), 1, wxSOLID) );
7508     dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, colRight, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7509     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 );
7510     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1,
7511                  colRight + 1, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7512
7513     dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN );
7514     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight - 1 );
7515     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
7516 #endif
7517
7518     dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT );
7519     dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() );
7520     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7521
7522     int hAlign, vAlign, orient;
7523     GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign );
7524     orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
7525
7526     rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 );
7527     rect.SetY( 2 );
7528     rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 );
7529     rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 );
7530     DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient );
7531 }
7532
7533 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7534                                 const wxString& value,
7535                                 const wxRect& rect,
7536                                 int horizAlign,
7537                                 int vertAlign,
7538                                 int textOrientation )
7539 {
7540     wxArrayString lines;
7541
7542     StringToLines( value, lines );
7543
7544     // Forward to new API.
7545     DrawTextRectangle( dc,
7546         lines,
7547         rect,
7548         horizAlign,
7549         vertAlign,
7550         textOrientation );
7551 }
7552
7553 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
7554                                const wxArrayString& lines,
7555                                const wxRect& rect,
7556                                int horizAlign,
7557                                int vertAlign,
7558                                int textOrientation )
7559 {
7560     long textWidth = 0, textHeight = 0;
7561     long lineWidth = 0, lineHeight = 0;
7562     int nLines;
7563
7564     dc.SetClippingRegion( rect );
7565
7566     nLines = lines.GetCount();
7567     if ( nLines > 0 )
7568     {
7569         int l;
7570         float x = 0.0, y = 0.0;
7571
7572         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7573             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
7574         else
7575             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
7576
7577         switch ( vertAlign )
7578         {
7579         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
7580             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7581                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
7582             else
7583                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
7584             break;
7585
7586         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7587             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7588                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
7589             else
7590                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
7591             break;
7592
7593         case wxALIGN_TOP:
7594         default:
7595             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7596                 y = rect.y + 1;
7597             else
7598                 x = rect.x + 1;
7599             break;
7600         }
7601
7602         // Align each line of a multi-line label
7603         for ( l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
7604         {
7605             dc.GetTextExtent(lines[l], &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
7606
7607             switch ( horizAlign )
7608             {
7609             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
7610                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7611                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
7612                 else
7613                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
7614                 break;
7615
7616             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
7617                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7618                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
7619                 else
7620                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
7621                 break;
7622
7623             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
7624             default:
7625                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7626                     x = rect.x + 1;
7627                 else
7628                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
7629                 break;
7630             }
7631
7632             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
7633             {
7634                 dc.DrawText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y );
7635                 y += lineHeight;
7636             }
7637             else
7638             {
7639                 dc.DrawRotatedText( lines[l], (int)x, (int)y, 90.0 );
7640                 x += lineHeight;
7641             }
7642         }
7643     }
7644
7645     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
7646 }
7647
7648 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
7649 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
7650 //
7651 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines )
7652 {
7653     int startPos = 0;
7654     int pos;
7655     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
7656     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
7657
7658     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
7659     {
7660         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
7661         if ( pos < 0 )
7662         {
7663             break;
7664         }
7665         else if ( pos == 0 )
7666         {
7667             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
7668         }
7669         else
7670         {
7671             lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) );
7672         }
7673
7674         startPos += pos + 1;
7675     }
7676
7677     if ( startPos < (int)value.length() )
7678     {
7679         lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) );
7680     }
7681 }
7682
7683 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
7684                              const wxArrayString& lines,
7685                              long *width, long *height )
7686 {
7687     long w = 0;
7688     long h = 0;
7689     long lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
7690
7691     size_t i;
7692     for ( i = 0;  i < lines.GetCount();  i++ )
7693     {
7694         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
7695         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
7696         h += lineH;
7697     }
7698
7699     *width = w;
7700     *height = h;
7701 }
7702
7703 //
7704 // ------ Batch processing.
7705 //
7706 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
7707 {
7708     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
7709     {
7710         m_batchCount--;
7711         if ( !m_batchCount )
7712         {
7713             CalcDimensions();
7714             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
7715             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
7716             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
7717             m_gridWin->Refresh();
7718         }
7719     }
7720 }
7721
7722 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
7723 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
7724 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
7725 //
7726 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
7727 {
7728     BeginBatch();
7729     EndBatch();
7730 }
7731
7732 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
7733 {
7734     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
7735         return false;
7736
7737     // redraw in the new state
7738     m_gridWin->Refresh();
7739
7740     return true;
7741 }
7742
7743 //
7744 // ------ Edit control functions
7745 //
7746
7747 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
7748 {
7749     // TODO: improve this ?
7750     //
7751     if ( edit != m_editable )
7752     {
7753         if (!edit)
7754             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
7755         m_editable = edit;
7756     }
7757 }
7758
7759 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
7760 {
7761     if (! m_editable)
7762         return;
7763
7764     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7765     {
7766         if ( enable )
7767         {
7768             if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0)
7769                 return;
7770
7771             // this should be checked by the caller!
7772             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
7773
7774             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
7775             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7776
7777             ShowCellEditControl();
7778         }
7779         else
7780         {
7781             //FIXME:add veto support
7782             SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN );
7783
7784             HideCellEditControl();
7785             SaveEditControlValue();
7786
7787             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
7788             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
7789         }
7790     }
7791 }
7792
7793 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
7794 {
7795     // const_cast
7796     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
7797     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7798     attr->DecRef();
7799
7800     return readonly;
7801 }
7802
7803 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
7804 {
7805     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
7806         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
7807 }
7808
7809 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
7810 {
7811     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
7812     // current one if it's read only
7813     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
7814 }
7815
7816 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
7817 {
7818     bool isShown = false;
7819
7820     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
7821     {
7822         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7823         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7824         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7825         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
7826         attr->DecRef();
7827
7828         if ( editor )
7829         {
7830             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
7831             {
7832                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
7833             }
7834
7835             editor->DecRef();
7836         }
7837     }
7838
7839     return isShown;
7840 }
7841
7842 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
7843 {
7844     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7845     {
7846         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
7847         {
7848             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
7849             return;
7850         }
7851         else
7852         {
7853             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
7854             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7855             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7856
7857             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
7858             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7859             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7860             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
7861             {
7862                 row += cell_rows;
7863                 col += cell_cols;
7864                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
7865                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
7866             }
7867
7868             // convert to scrolled coords
7869             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
7870
7871             int nXMove = 0;
7872             if (rect.x < 0)
7873                 nXMove = rect.x;
7874
7875             // performed in PaintBackground()
7876 #if 0
7877             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
7878             // might not cover the entire cell
7879             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
7880             PrepareDC( dc );
7881             dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID));
7882             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
7883             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
7884 #endif
7885
7886             // cell is shifted by one pixel
7887             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
7888             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
7889             // "don't change."
7890             if (rect.x > 0)
7891                 rect.x--;
7892             if (rect.y > 0)
7893                 rect.y--;
7894
7895             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7896             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7897             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
7898             {
7899                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
7900                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
7901
7902                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
7903                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
7904                                              this,
7905                                              row,
7906                                              col,
7907                                              editor->GetControl());
7908                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
7909             }
7910
7911             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
7912             int maxWidth = rect.width;
7913             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
7914             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
7915             {
7916                 int y;
7917                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
7918                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
7919                     maxWidth = rect.width;
7920             }
7921
7922             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
7923             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
7924                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
7925
7926             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
7927             {
7928                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
7929                 // may have changed earlier
7930                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
7931                 {
7932                     int c_rows, c_cols;
7933                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
7934
7935                     // looks weird going over a multicell
7936                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
7937                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
7938                     {
7939                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
7940                     }
7941                     else
7942                         break;
7943                 }
7944
7945                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
7946                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
7947             }
7948
7949             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
7950             editor->SetSize( rect );
7951             editor->GetControl()->Move(
7952                 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
7953                 editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
7954             editor->Show( true, attr );
7955
7956             int colXPos = 0;
7957             for (int i = 0; i < m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); i++)
7958             {
7959                 colXPos += GetColSize( i );
7960             }
7961
7962             int xUnit = 1, yUnit = 1;
7963             GetScrollPixelsPerUnit( &xUnit, &yUnit );
7964             if (m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() != 0)
7965                 Scroll( colXPos / xUnit - 1, GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ) );
7966             else
7967                 Scroll( colXPos / xUnit, GetScrollPos( wxVERTICAL ) );
7968
7969             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
7970             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
7971             CalcDimensions();
7972
7973             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
7974             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
7975
7976             editor->DecRef();
7977             attr->DecRef();
7978         }
7979     }
7980 }
7981
7982 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
7983 {
7984     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
7985     {
7986         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
7987         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
7988
7989         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7990         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7991         editor->Show( false );
7992         editor->DecRef();
7993         attr->DecRef();
7994
7995         m_gridWin->SetFocus();
7996
7997         // refresh whole row to the right
7998         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
7999         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
8000         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
8001
8002 #ifdef __WXMAC__
8003         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
8004         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
8005 #endif
8006
8007         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8008     }
8009 }
8010
8011 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
8012 {
8013     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
8014     {
8015         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8016         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8017
8018         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
8019
8020         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
8021         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
8022         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this);
8023
8024         editor->DecRef();
8025         attr->DecRef();
8026
8027         if (changed)
8028         {
8029             if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE,
8030                        m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
8031                        m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 )
8032             {
8033                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
8034                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
8035             }
8036         }
8037     }
8038 }
8039
8040 //
8041 // ------ Grid location functions
8042 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
8043 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
8044 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
8045 //
8046
8047 void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords )
8048 {
8049     int row = YToRow(y);
8050     int col = XToCol(x);
8051
8052     if ( row == -1 || col == -1 )
8053     {
8054         coords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8055     }
8056     else
8057     {
8058         coords.Set( row, col );
8059     }
8060 }
8061
8062 // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some
8063 // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
8064 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array
8065 // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search!
8066
8067 static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist,
8068                            const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, int nMax,
8069                            bool clipToMinMax)
8070 {
8071     if (coord < 0)
8072         return clipToMinMax && (nMax > 0) ? 0 : -1;
8073
8074     if (!defaultDist)
8075         defaultDist = 1;
8076
8077     size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist,
8078            i_min = 0;
8079
8080     if (BorderArray.IsEmpty())
8081     {
8082         if ((int) i_max < nMax)
8083             return i_max;
8084         return clipToMinMax ? nMax - 1 : -1;
8085     }
8086
8087     if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8088     {
8089         i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8090     }
8091     else
8092     {
8093         if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8094         {
8095             i_min = i_max;
8096             if (minDist)
8097                 i_max = coord / minDist;
8098             else
8099                 i_max =  BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8100         }
8101
8102         if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount())
8103             i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1;
8104     }
8105
8106     if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max])
8107         return clipToMinMax ? (int)i_max : -1;
8108     if ( coord < BorderArray[0] )
8109         return 0;
8110
8111     while ( i_max - i_min > 0 )
8112     {
8113         wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max],
8114                     0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol"));
8115         if (coord >=  BorderArray[ i_max - 1])
8116             return i_max;
8117         else
8118             i_max--;
8119         int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2;
8120         if (coord < BorderArray[median])
8121             i_max = median;
8122         else
8123             i_min = median;
8124     }
8125
8126     return i_max;
8127 }
8128
8129 int wxGrid::YToRow( int y )
8130 {
8131     return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight,
8132                            m_minAcceptableRowHeight, m_rowBottoms, m_numRows, false);
8133 }
8134
8135 int wxGrid::XToCol( int x )
8136 {
8137     return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth,
8138                            m_minAcceptableColWidth, m_colRights, m_numCols, false);
8139 }
8140
8141 // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or
8142 // -1 if not near an edge
8143 //
8144 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y )
8145 {
8146     int i;
8147     i = internalYToRow(y);
8148
8149     if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8150     {
8151         // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are
8152         // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively.
8153         if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8154             return i;
8155         else if ( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8156             return i - 1;
8157     }
8158
8159     return -1;
8160 }
8161
8162 // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or
8163 // -1 if not near an edge
8164 //
8165 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x )
8166 {
8167     int i;
8168     i = internalXToCol(x);
8169
8170     if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8171     {
8172         // We know that we are in column i; test whether we are
8173         // close enough to right or left border, respectively.
8174         if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8175             return i;
8176         else if ( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
8177             return i - 1;
8178     }
8179
8180     return -1;
8181 }
8182
8183 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col )
8184 {
8185     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
8186
8187     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8188          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8189     {
8190         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
8191         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
8192         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8193         // if negative then find multicell owner
8194         if (cell_rows < 0)
8195             row += cell_rows;
8196         if (cell_cols < 0)
8197              col += cell_cols;
8198         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
8199
8200         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
8201         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
8202         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
8203             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
8204         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
8205             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
8206     }
8207
8208     // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
8209     if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
8210     {
8211         rect.width -= 1;
8212         rect.height -= 1;
8213     }
8214
8215     return rect;
8216 }
8217
8218 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible )
8219 {
8220     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8221     //
8222     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8223
8224     // convert to device coords
8225     //
8226     int left, top, right, bottom;
8227     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8228     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8229
8230     // check against the client area of the grid window
8231     int cw, ch;
8232     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8233
8234     if ( wholeCellVisible )
8235     {
8236         // is the cell wholly visible ?
8237         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
8238                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
8239     }
8240     else
8241     {
8242         // is the cell partly visible ?
8243         //
8244         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
8245                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
8246     }
8247 }
8248
8249 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
8250 // of scrolling
8251 //
8252 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
8253 {
8254     int i;
8255     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
8256
8257     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
8258          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
8259     {
8260         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
8261         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8262
8263         // convert to device coords
8264         int left, top, right, bottom;
8265         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
8266         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
8267
8268         int cw, ch;
8269         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8270
8271         if ( top < 0 )
8272         {
8273             ypos = r.GetTop();
8274         }
8275         else if ( bottom > ch )
8276         {
8277             int h = r.GetHeight();
8278             ypos = r.GetTop();
8279             for ( i = row - 1;  i >= 0;  i-- )
8280             {
8281                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
8282                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
8283                     break;
8284
8285                 h += rowHeight;
8286                 ypos -= rowHeight;
8287             }
8288
8289             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
8290             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we
8291             // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
8292             //
8293             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full
8294             // scroll unit...
8295             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
8296         }
8297
8298         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
8299         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
8300         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
8301 //      if ( left < 0 )
8302         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
8303         {
8304             xpos = r.GetLeft();
8305         }
8306         else if ( right > cw )
8307         {
8308             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
8309             int x0, y0;
8310             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
8311             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
8312
8313             // see comment for ypos above
8314             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
8315         }
8316
8317         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
8318         {
8319             if ( xpos != -1 )
8320                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
8321             if ( ypos != -1 )
8322                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
8323             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
8324             AdjustScrollbars();
8325         }
8326     }
8327 }
8328
8329 //
8330 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
8331 //
8332
8333 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection )
8334 {
8335     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8336          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 )
8337     {
8338         if ( expandSelection )
8339         {
8340             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8341                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8342             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 )
8343             {
8344                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 );
8345                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8346                                  m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8347                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8348             }
8349         }
8350         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8351         {
8352             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1;
8353             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8354             ClearSelection();
8355             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8356             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8357         }
8358         else
8359             return false;
8360
8361         return true;
8362     }
8363
8364     return false;
8365 }
8366
8367 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection )
8368 {
8369     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8370          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows )
8371     {
8372         if ( expandSelection )
8373         {
8374             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8375                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8376             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8377             {
8378                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 );
8379                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8380                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8381                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8382             }
8383         }
8384         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8385         {
8386             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1;
8387             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8388             ClearSelection();
8389             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8390             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8391         }
8392         else
8393             return false;
8394
8395         return true;
8396     }
8397
8398     return false;
8399 }
8400
8401 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection )
8402 {
8403     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8404          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 )
8405     {
8406         if ( expandSelection )
8407         {
8408             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8409                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8410             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 )
8411             {
8412                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 );
8413                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8414                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8415                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8416             }
8417         }
8418         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8419         {
8420             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8421             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1;
8422             ClearSelection();
8423             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8424             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8425         }
8426         else
8427             return false;
8428
8429         return true;
8430     }
8431
8432     return false;
8433 }
8434
8435 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection )
8436 {
8437     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8438          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols )
8439     {
8440         if ( expandSelection )
8441         {
8442             if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8443                 m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords;
8444             if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8445             {
8446                 m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 );
8447                 MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(),
8448                         m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() );
8449                 HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8450             }
8451         }
8452         else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8453         {
8454             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8455             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1;
8456             ClearSelection();
8457             MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8458             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8459         }
8460         else
8461             return false;
8462
8463         return true;
8464     }
8465
8466     return false;
8467 }
8468
8469 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
8470 {
8471     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8472         return false;
8473
8474     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8475     if ( row > 0 )
8476     {
8477         int cw, ch;
8478         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8479
8480         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8481         int newRow = internalYToRow( y - ch + 1 );
8482
8483         if ( newRow == row )
8484         {
8485             //row > 0 , so newrow can never be less than 0 here.
8486             newRow = row - 1;
8487         }
8488
8489         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8490         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8491
8492         return true;
8493     }
8494
8495     return false;
8496 }
8497
8498 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
8499 {
8500     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
8501         return false;
8502
8503     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8504     if ( (row + 1) < m_numRows )
8505     {
8506         int cw, ch;
8507         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8508
8509         int y = GetRowTop(row);
8510         int newRow = internalYToRow( y + ch );
8511         if ( newRow == row )
8512         {
8513             // row < m_numRows , so newrow can't overflow here.
8514             newRow = row + 1;
8515         }
8516
8517         MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8518         SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() );
8519
8520         return true;
8521     }
8522
8523     return false;
8524 }
8525
8526 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection )
8527 {
8528     if ( m_table &&
8529          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8530          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 )
8531     {
8532         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8533         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8534
8535         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8536         {
8537             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8538             // non-empty cells
8539             //
8540             while ( row > 0 )
8541             {
8542                 row--;
8543                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8544                     break;
8545             }
8546         }
8547         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row - 1, col) )
8548         {
8549             // starting at the top of a block: find the next block
8550             //
8551             row--;
8552             while ( row > 0 )
8553             {
8554                 row--;
8555                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8556                     break;
8557             }
8558         }
8559         else
8560         {
8561             // starting within a block: find the top of the block
8562             //
8563             while ( row > 0 )
8564             {
8565                 row--;
8566                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8567                 {
8568                     row++;
8569                     break;
8570                 }
8571             }
8572         }
8573
8574         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8575         if ( expandSelection )
8576         {
8577             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8578             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8579         }
8580         else
8581         {
8582             ClearSelection();
8583             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8584         }
8585
8586         return true;
8587     }
8588
8589     return false;
8590 }
8591
8592 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
8593 {
8594     if ( m_table &&
8595          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8596          m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 )
8597     {
8598         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8599         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8600
8601         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8602         {
8603             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8604             // non-empty cells
8605             //
8606             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8607             {
8608                 row++;
8609                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8610                     break;
8611             }
8612         }
8613         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + 1, col) )
8614         {
8615             // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block
8616             //
8617             row++;
8618             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8619             {
8620                 row++;
8621                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8622                     break;
8623             }
8624         }
8625         else
8626         {
8627             // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block
8628             //
8629             while ( row < m_numRows - 1 )
8630             {
8631                 row++;
8632                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8633                 {
8634                     row--;
8635                     break;
8636                 }
8637             }
8638         }
8639
8640         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8641         if ( expandSelection )
8642         {
8643             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8644             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8645         }
8646         else
8647         {
8648             ClearSelection();
8649             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8650         }
8651
8652         return true;
8653     }
8654
8655     return false;
8656 }
8657
8658 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
8659 {
8660     if ( m_table &&
8661          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8662          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 )
8663     {
8664         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8665         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8666
8667         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8668         {
8669             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8670             // non-empty cells
8671             //
8672             while ( col > 0 )
8673             {
8674                 col--;
8675                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8676                     break;
8677             }
8678         }
8679         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col - 1) )
8680         {
8681             // starting at the left of a block: find the next block
8682             //
8683             col--;
8684             while ( col > 0 )
8685             {
8686                 col--;
8687                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8688                     break;
8689             }
8690         }
8691         else
8692         {
8693             // starting within a block: find the left of the block
8694             //
8695             while ( col > 0 )
8696             {
8697                 col--;
8698                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8699                 {
8700                     col++;
8701                     break;
8702                 }
8703             }
8704         }
8705
8706         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8707         if ( expandSelection )
8708         {
8709             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8710             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8711         }
8712         else
8713         {
8714             ClearSelection();
8715             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8716         }
8717
8718         return true;
8719     }
8720
8721     return false;
8722 }
8723
8724 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
8725 {
8726     if ( m_table &&
8727          m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8728          m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 )
8729     {
8730         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
8731         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
8732
8733         if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8734         {
8735             // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of
8736             // non-empty cells
8737             //
8738             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8739             {
8740                 col++;
8741                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8742                     break;
8743             }
8744         }
8745         else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col + 1) )
8746         {
8747             // starting at the right of a block: find the next block
8748             //
8749             col++;
8750             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8751             {
8752                 col++;
8753                 if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) )
8754                     break;
8755             }
8756         }
8757         else
8758         {
8759             // starting within a block: find the right of the block
8760             //
8761             while ( col < m_numCols - 1 )
8762             {
8763                 col++;
8764                 if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) )
8765                 {
8766                     col--;
8767                     break;
8768                 }
8769             }
8770         }
8771
8772         MakeCellVisible( row, col );
8773         if ( expandSelection )
8774         {
8775             m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col );
8776             HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard );
8777         }
8778         else
8779         {
8780             ClearSelection();
8781             SetCurrentCell( row, col );
8782         }
8783
8784         return true;
8785     }
8786
8787     return false;
8788 }
8789
8790 //
8791 // ------ Label values and formatting
8792 //
8793
8794 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8795 {
8796     if ( horiz )
8797         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
8798     if ( vert )
8799         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
8800 }
8801
8802 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
8803 {
8804     if ( horiz )
8805         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
8806     if ( vert )
8807         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
8808 }
8809
8810 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation()
8811 {
8812     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
8813 }
8814
8815 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
8816 {
8817     if ( m_table )
8818     {
8819         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
8820     }
8821     else
8822     {
8823         wxString s;
8824         s << row;
8825         return s;
8826     }
8827 }
8828
8829 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col )
8830 {
8831     if ( m_table )
8832     {
8833         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
8834     }
8835     else
8836     {
8837         wxString s;
8838         s << col;
8839         return s;
8840     }
8841 }
8842
8843 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
8844 {
8845     width = wxMax( width, 0 );
8846     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
8847     {
8848         if ( width == 0 )
8849         {
8850             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
8851             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8852         }
8853         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
8854         {
8855             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
8856             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
8857                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8858         }
8859
8860         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
8861         CalcWindowSizes();
8862         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8863     }
8864 }
8865
8866 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
8867 {
8868     height = wxMax( height, 0 );
8869     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
8870     {
8871         if ( height == 0 )
8872         {
8873             m_colLabelWin->Show( false );
8874             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
8875         }
8876         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
8877         {
8878             m_colLabelWin->Show( true );
8879             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
8880                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
8881         }
8882
8883         m_colLabelHeight = height;
8884         CalcWindowSizes();
8885         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
8886     }
8887 }
8888
8889 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
8890 {
8891     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
8892     {
8893         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
8894         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8895         m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8896         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
8897
8898         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8899         {
8900             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8901             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8902             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
8903         }
8904     }
8905 }
8906
8907 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
8908 {
8909     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
8910     {
8911         m_labelTextColour = colour;
8912         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8913         {
8914             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8915             m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8916         }
8917     }
8918 }
8919
8920 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
8921 {
8922     m_labelFont = font;
8923     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8924     {
8925         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8926         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8927     }
8928 }
8929
8930 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8931 {
8932     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8933     switch ( horiz )
8934     {
8935         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8936         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8937         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8938     }
8939
8940     switch ( vert )
8941     {
8942         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8943         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8944         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8945     }
8946
8947     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8948     {
8949         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8950     }
8951
8952     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8953     {
8954         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
8955     }
8956
8957     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8958     {
8959         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
8960     }
8961 }
8962
8963 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
8964 {
8965     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
8966     switch ( horiz )
8967     {
8968         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
8969         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
8970         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8971     }
8972
8973     switch ( vert )
8974     {
8975         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
8976         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
8977         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
8978     }
8979
8980     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
8981     {
8982         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
8983     }
8984
8985     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
8986     {
8987         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
8988     }
8989
8990     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8991     {
8992         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
8993     }
8994 }
8995
8996 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
8997 //       does not support vertical printing
8998 //
8999 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
9000 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
9001 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
9002 //
9003 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
9004 {
9005     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
9006         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
9007
9008     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9009         m_colLabelWin->Refresh();
9010 }
9011
9012 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
9013 {
9014     if ( m_table )
9015     {
9016         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
9017         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9018         {
9019             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
9020             if ( rect.height > 0 )
9021             {
9022                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9023                 rect.x = 0;
9024                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
9025                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9026             }
9027         }
9028     }
9029 }
9030
9031 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
9032 {
9033     if ( m_table )
9034     {
9035         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
9036         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9037         {
9038             wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
9039             if ( rect.width > 0 )
9040             {
9041                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
9042                 rect.y = 0;
9043                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
9044                 m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
9045             }
9046         }
9047     }
9048 }
9049
9050 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
9051 {
9052     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
9053     {
9054         m_gridLineColour = colour;
9055
9056         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9057         PrepareDC( dc );
9058         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9059     }
9060 }
9061
9062 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
9063 {
9064     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
9065     {
9066         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
9067
9068         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9069         PrepareDC( dc );
9070         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
9071         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
9072         attr->DecRef();
9073     }
9074 }
9075
9076 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
9077 {
9078     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
9079     {
9080         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
9081
9082         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9083         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9084         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9085         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9086         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9087             return;
9088
9089         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9090         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9091     }
9092 }
9093
9094 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
9095 {
9096     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
9097     {
9098         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
9099
9100         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
9101         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
9102         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
9103         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
9104         if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
9105             return;
9106
9107         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
9108         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
9109     }
9110 }
9111
9112 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
9113 {
9114     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
9115     {
9116         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
9117
9118         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9119         {
9120             if ( enable )
9121             {
9122                 wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
9123                 PrepareDC( dc );
9124                 DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
9125             }
9126             else
9127             {
9128                 m_gridWin->Refresh();
9129             }
9130         }
9131     }
9132 }
9133
9134 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize()
9135 {
9136     return m_defaultRowHeight;
9137 }
9138
9139 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row )
9140 {
9141     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") );
9142
9143     return GetRowHeight(row);
9144 }
9145
9146 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize()
9147 {
9148     return m_defaultColWidth;
9149 }
9150
9151 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col )
9152 {
9153     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") );
9154
9155     return GetColWidth(col);
9156 }
9157
9158 // ============================================================================
9159 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
9160 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
9161 // ============================================================================
9162
9163 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9164 // setting default attributes
9165 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9166
9167 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
9168 {
9169     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9170 #ifdef __WXGTK__
9171     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
9172 #endif
9173 }
9174
9175 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
9176 {
9177     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
9178 }
9179
9180 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
9181 {
9182     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9183 }
9184
9185 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
9186 {
9187     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
9188 }
9189
9190 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
9191 {
9192     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
9193 }
9194
9195 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
9196 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
9197 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
9198 // work correctly.
9199
9200 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9201 {
9202     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9203                      renderer,
9204                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
9205 }
9206
9207 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
9208 {
9209     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
9210                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
9211                      editor);
9212 }
9213
9214 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9215 // access to the default attrbiutes
9216 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9217
9218 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour()
9219 {
9220     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
9221 }
9222
9223 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour()
9224 {
9225     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
9226 }
9227
9228 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont()
9229 {
9230     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
9231 }
9232
9233 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert )
9234 {
9235     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9236 }
9237
9238 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow()
9239 {
9240     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
9241 }
9242
9243 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
9244 {
9245     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
9246 }
9247
9248 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
9249 {
9250     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
9251 }
9252
9253 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9254 // access to cell attributes
9255 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9256
9257 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col)
9258 {
9259     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9260     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
9261     attr->DecRef();
9262
9263     return colour;
9264 }
9265
9266 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col )
9267 {
9268     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9269     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
9270     attr->DecRef();
9271
9272     return colour;
9273 }
9274
9275 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col )
9276 {
9277     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9278     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
9279     attr->DecRef();
9280
9281     return font;
9282 }
9283
9284 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert )
9285 {
9286     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9287     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9288     attr->DecRef();
9289 }
9290
9291 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col )
9292 {
9293     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9294     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
9295     attr->DecRef();
9296
9297     return allow;
9298 }
9299
9300 void wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols )
9301 {
9302     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9303     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
9304     attr->DecRef();
9305 }
9306
9307 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col)
9308 {
9309     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9310     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9311     attr->DecRef();
9312
9313     return renderer;
9314 }
9315
9316 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col)
9317 {
9318     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9319     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
9320     attr->DecRef();
9321
9322     return editor;
9323 }
9324
9325 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
9326 {
9327     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9328     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
9329     attr->DecRef();
9330
9331     return isReadOnly;
9332 }
9333
9334 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9335 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
9336 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9337
9338 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes()
9339 {
9340     if ( !m_table )
9341     {
9342         return false;
9343     }
9344
9345     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
9346 }
9347
9348 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
9349 {
9350     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
9351     {
9352         wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9353         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
9354         m_attrCache.row = -1;
9355     }
9356 }
9357
9358 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
9359 {
9360     if ( attr != NULL )
9361     {
9362         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
9363
9364         self->ClearAttrCache();
9365         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
9366         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
9367         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
9368         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
9369     }
9370 }
9371
9372 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
9373 {
9374     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
9375     {
9376         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
9377         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
9378
9379 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9380         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
9381 #endif
9382
9383         return true;
9384     }
9385     else
9386     {
9387 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
9388         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
9389 #endif
9390
9391         return false;
9392     }
9393 }
9394
9395 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9396 {
9397     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
9398     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
9399     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
9400     if ( row >= 0 )
9401     {
9402         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
9403         {
9404             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any)
9405                            : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9406             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
9407         }
9408     }
9409
9410     if (attr)
9411     {
9412         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9413     }
9414     else
9415     {
9416         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
9417         attr->IncRef();
9418     }
9419
9420     return attr;
9421 }
9422
9423 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
9424 {
9425     wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL;
9426     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
9427
9428     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, _T("Cell attributes not allowed"));
9429     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, _T("must have a table") );
9430
9431     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
9432     if ( !attr )
9433     {
9434         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
9435
9436         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
9437         attr->IncRef();
9438         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9439     }
9440
9441     return attr;
9442 }
9443
9444 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9445 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
9446 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9447
9448 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
9449 {
9450     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
9451 }
9452
9453 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
9454 {
9455     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
9456 }
9457
9458 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
9459 {
9460     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
9461     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
9462     {
9463         typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision;
9464     }
9465
9466     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
9467 }
9468
9469 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
9470 {
9471     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
9472     if (!attr)
9473         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
9474     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9475     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9476
9477     SetColAttr(col, attr);
9478
9479 }
9480
9481 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9482 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
9483 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9484
9485 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9486 {
9487     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9488     {
9489         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
9490         ClearAttrCache();
9491     }
9492     else
9493     {
9494         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9495     }
9496 }
9497
9498 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9499 {
9500     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9501     {
9502         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
9503         ClearAttrCache();
9504     }
9505     else
9506     {
9507         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9508     }
9509 }
9510
9511 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
9512 {
9513     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9514     {
9515         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
9516         ClearAttrCache();
9517     }
9518     else
9519     {
9520         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
9521     }
9522 }
9523
9524 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9525 {
9526     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9527     {
9528         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9529         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
9530         attr->DecRef();
9531     }
9532 }
9533
9534 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
9535 {
9536     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9537     {
9538         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9539         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
9540         attr->DecRef();
9541     }
9542 }
9543
9544 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
9545 {
9546     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9547     {
9548         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9549         attr->SetFont(font);
9550         attr->DecRef();
9551     }
9552 }
9553
9554 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
9555 {
9556     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9557     {
9558         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9559         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
9560         attr->DecRef();
9561     }
9562 }
9563
9564 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
9565 {
9566     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9567     {
9568         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9569         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
9570         attr->DecRef();
9571     }
9572 }
9573
9574 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
9575 {
9576     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9577     {
9578         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
9579
9580         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9581         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
9582         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
9583         attr->DecRef();
9584
9585         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
9586         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
9587         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
9588         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
9589         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
9590                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
9591         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
9592                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
9593
9594         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
9595         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_rows > 1))
9596         {
9597             int i, j;
9598             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
9599             {
9600                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
9601                 {
9602                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9603                     {
9604                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9605                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
9606                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9607                     }
9608                 }
9609             }
9610         }
9611
9612         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
9613         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
9614         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
9615         {
9616             int i, j;
9617             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
9618             {
9619                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
9620                 {
9621                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
9622                     {
9623                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
9624                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
9625                         attr_stub->DecRef();
9626                     }
9627                 }
9628             }
9629         }
9630     }
9631 }
9632
9633 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
9634 {
9635     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9636     {
9637         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9638         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
9639         attr->DecRef();
9640     }
9641 }
9642
9643 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9644 {
9645     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9646     {
9647         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9648         attr->SetEditor(editor);
9649         attr->DecRef();
9650     }
9651 }
9652
9653 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
9654 {
9655     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
9656     {
9657         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
9658         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
9659         attr->DecRef();
9660     }
9661 }
9662
9663 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9664 // Data type registration
9665 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9666
9667 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
9668                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
9669                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
9670 {
9671     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
9672 }
9673
9674
9675 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
9676 {
9677     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9678     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
9679 }
9680
9681 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
9682 {
9683     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
9684     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
9685 }
9686
9687 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9688 {
9689     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9690     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9691     {
9692         wxString errStr;
9693
9694         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9695         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9696
9697         return NULL;
9698     }
9699
9700     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
9701 }
9702
9703 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
9704 {
9705     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
9706     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
9707     {
9708         wxString errStr;
9709
9710         errStr.Printf(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str());
9711         wxFAIL_MSG(errStr.c_str());
9712
9713         return NULL;
9714     }
9715
9716     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
9717 }
9718
9719 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9720 // row/col size
9721 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9722
9723 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
9724 {
9725     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
9726 }
9727
9728 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
9729 {
9730     m_canDragColSize = enable;
9731 }
9732
9733 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
9734 {
9735     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
9736 }
9737
9738 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
9739 {
9740     m_canDragCell = enable;
9741 }
9742
9743 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
9744 {
9745     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
9746
9747     if ( resizeExistingRows )
9748     {
9749         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
9750         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
9751         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9752         // some speed optimisations)
9753         m_rowHeights.Empty();
9754         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
9755         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9756             CalcDimensions();
9757     }
9758 }
9759
9760 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
9761 {
9762     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") );
9763
9764     // See comment in SetColSize
9765     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9766         return;
9767
9768     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
9769     {
9770         // need to really create the array
9771         InitRowHeights();
9772     }
9773
9774     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
9775     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
9776
9777     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
9778     int i;
9779     for ( i = row;  i < m_numRows;  i++ )
9780     {
9781         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
9782     }
9783
9784     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9785         CalcDimensions();
9786 }
9787
9788 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
9789 {
9790     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth );
9791
9792     if ( resizeExistingCols )
9793     {
9794         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
9795         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
9796         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
9797         // some speed optimisations)
9798         m_colWidths.Empty();
9799         m_colRights.Empty();
9800         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9801             CalcDimensions();
9802     }
9803 }
9804
9805 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
9806 {
9807     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") );
9808
9809     // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here?
9810     //                                                                 (VZ)
9811     // No, because it is reasonable to assume the library user know's
9812     // what he is doing. However whe should test against the weaker
9813     // constraint of minimalAcceptableWidth, as this breaks rendering
9814     //
9815     // This test then fixes sf.net bug #645734
9816
9817     if ( width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
9818         return;
9819
9820     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
9821     {
9822         // need to really create the array
9823         InitColWidths();
9824     }
9825
9826     // if < 0 calc new width from label
9827     if ( width < 0 )
9828     {
9829       long w, h;
9830       wxArrayString lines;
9831       wxClientDC dc(m_colLabelWin);
9832       dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
9833       StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
9834       GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
9835       width = w + 6;
9836     }
9837
9838     int w = wxMax( 0, width );
9839     int diff = w - m_colWidths[col];
9840     m_colWidths[col] = w;
9841
9842     int i;
9843     for ( i = col;  i < m_numCols;  i++ )
9844     {
9845         m_colRights[i] += diff;
9846     }
9847
9848     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9849         CalcDimensions();
9850 }
9851
9852 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
9853 {
9854     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
9855     {
9856         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9857         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
9858     }
9859 }
9860
9861 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
9862 {
9863     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
9864     {
9865         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9866         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
9867     }
9868 }
9869
9870 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
9871 {
9872     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
9873     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
9874
9875     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9876 }
9877
9878 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
9879 {
9880     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
9881     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
9882
9883     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9884 }
9885
9886 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
9887 {
9888     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
9889     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
9890     if ( width >= 0 )
9891         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
9892 }
9893
9894 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
9895 {
9896     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
9897     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
9898     if ( height >= 0 )
9899         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
9900 }
9901
9902 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
9903 {
9904     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
9905 }
9906
9907 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
9908 {
9909     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
9910 }
9911
9912 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9913 // auto sizing
9914 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
9915
9916 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column )
9917 {
9918     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
9919
9920     // cancel editing of cell
9921     HideCellEditControl();
9922     SaveEditControlValue();
9923
9924     // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if we only need one
9925     int row = -1,
9926         col = -1;
9927     if ( column )
9928         col = colOrRow;
9929     else
9930         row = colOrRow;
9931
9932     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
9933     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
9934     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
9935     {
9936         if ( column )
9937             row = rowOrCol;
9938         else
9939             col = rowOrCol;
9940
9941         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
9942         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
9943         if ( renderer )
9944         {
9945             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
9946             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
9947             if ( extent > extentMax )
9948             {
9949                 extentMax = extent;
9950             }
9951
9952             renderer->DecRef();
9953         }
9954
9955         attr->DecRef();
9956     }
9957
9958     // now also compare with the column label extent
9959     wxCoord w, h;
9960     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
9961
9962     if ( column )
9963     {
9964         dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
9965         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
9966             w = h;
9967     }
9968     else
9969         dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
9970
9971     extent = column ? w : h;
9972     if ( extent > extentMax )
9973     {
9974         extentMax = extent;
9975     }
9976
9977     if ( !extentMax )
9978     {
9979         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
9980         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
9981         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
9982     }
9983     else
9984     {
9985         if ( column )
9986             // leave some space around text
9987             extentMax += 10;
9988         else
9989             extentMax += 6;
9990     }
9991
9992     if ( column )
9993     {
9994         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
9995         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
9996         {
9997             int cw, ch, dummy;
9998             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
9999             wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
10000             rect.y = 0;
10001             CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
10002             rect.width = cw - rect.x;
10003             rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
10004             m_colLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10005         }
10006     }
10007     else
10008     {
10009         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
10010         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10011         {
10012             int cw, ch, dummy;
10013             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10014             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
10015             rect.x = 0;
10016             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10017             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10018             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
10019             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
10020         }
10021     }
10022
10023     if ( setAsMin )
10024     {
10025         if ( column )
10026             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
10027         else
10028             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
10029     }
10030 }
10031
10032 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10033 {
10034     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
10035
10036     if ( !calcOnly )
10037         BeginBatch();
10038
10039     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10040     {
10041         if ( !calcOnly )
10042         {
10043             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
10044         }
10045
10046         width += GetColWidth(col);
10047     }
10048
10049     if ( !calcOnly )
10050         EndBatch();
10051
10052     return width;
10053 }
10054
10055 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
10056 {
10057     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
10058
10059     if ( !calcOnly )
10060         BeginBatch();
10061
10062     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10063     {
10064         if ( !calcOnly )
10065             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
10066
10067         height += GetRowHeight(row);
10068     }
10069
10070     if ( !calcOnly )
10071         EndBatch();
10072
10073     return height;
10074 }
10075
10076 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
10077 {
10078     BeginBatch();
10079
10080     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false), SetOrCalcRowSizes(false));
10081
10082     // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we
10083     // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width
10084     // CalcDimension adds m_extraWidth + 1 etc. to calculate the necessary
10085     // scrollbar steps
10086     wxSize sizeFit(
10087         GetScrollX(size.x + m_extraWidth + 1) * m_scrollLineX,
10088         GetScrollY(size.y + m_extraHeight + 1) * m_scrollLineY );
10089
10090     // distribute the extra space between the columns/rows to avoid having
10091     // extra white space
10092
10093     // Remove the extra m_extraWidth + 1 added above
10094     wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x + (m_extraWidth + 1);
10095     if ( diff && m_numCols )
10096     {
10097         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10098         wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols;
10099         if ( diffPerCol )
10100         {
10101             for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
10102             {
10103                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol);
10104             }
10105         }
10106
10107         // add remaining amount to the last columns
10108         diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols;
10109         if ( diff )
10110         {
10111             for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- )
10112             {
10113                 SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1);
10114             }
10115         }
10116     }
10117
10118     // same for rows
10119     diff = sizeFit.y - size.y - (m_extraHeight + 1);
10120     if ( diff && m_numRows )
10121     {
10122         // try to resize the columns uniformly
10123         wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows;
10124         if ( diffPerRow )
10125         {
10126             for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
10127             {
10128                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow);
10129             }
10130         }
10131
10132         // add remaining amount to the last rows
10133         diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows;
10134         if ( diff )
10135         {
10136             for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- )
10137             {
10138                 SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1);
10139             }
10140         }
10141     }
10142
10143     EndBatch();
10144
10145     SetClientSize(sizeFit);
10146 }
10147
10148 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
10149 {
10150     wxArrayString lines;
10151     long w, h;
10152
10153     // Hide the edit control, so it
10154     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
10155     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10156     {
10157         HideCellEditControl();
10158         SaveEditControlValue();
10159     }
10160
10161     // autosize row height depending on label text
10162     StringToLines( GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines );
10163     wxClientDC dc( m_rowLabelWin );
10164     GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10165     if ( h < m_defaultRowHeight )
10166         h = m_defaultRowHeight;
10167     SetRowSize(row, h);
10168     ForceRefresh();
10169 }
10170
10171 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
10172 {
10173     wxArrayString lines;
10174     long w, h;
10175
10176     // Hide the edit control, so it
10177     // won't interfer with drag-shrinking.
10178     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
10179     {
10180         HideCellEditControl();
10181         SaveEditControlValue();
10182     }
10183
10184     // autosize column width depending on label text
10185     StringToLines( GetColLabelValue( col ), lines );
10186     wxClientDC dc( m_colLabelWin );
10187     if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
10188         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
10189     else
10190         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
10191     if ( w < m_defaultColWidth )
10192         w = m_defaultColWidth;
10193     SetColSize(col, w);
10194     ForceRefresh();
10195 }
10196
10197 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
10198 {
10199     // don't set sizes, only calculate them
10200     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
10201
10202     int width, height;
10203     width = self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true);
10204     height = self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true);
10205
10206     if (!width)
10207         width = 100;
10208     if (!height)
10209         height = 80;
10210
10211     // Round up to a multiple the scroll rate
10212     // NOTE: this still doesn't get rid  of the scrollbars;
10213     // is there any magic incantation for that?
10214     int xpu, ypu;
10215     GetScrollPixelsPerUnit(&xpu, &ypu);
10216     if (xpu)
10217         width  += 1 + xpu - (width  % xpu);
10218     if (ypu)
10219         height += 1 + ypu - (height % ypu);
10220
10221     // limit to 1/4 of the screen size
10222     int maxwidth, maxheight;
10223     wxDisplaySize( &maxwidth, &maxheight );
10224     maxwidth /= 2;
10225     maxheight /= 2;
10226     if ( width > maxwidth )
10227         width = maxwidth;
10228     if ( height > maxheight )
10229         height = maxheight;
10230
10231     wxSize best(width, height);
10232
10233     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
10234     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
10235     // calculation.
10236     // CacheBestSize(size);
10237
10238     return best;
10239 }
10240
10241 void wxGrid::Fit()
10242 {
10243     AutoSize();
10244 }
10245
10246 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
10247 {
10248     return wxNullPen;
10249 }
10250
10251 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10252 // cell value accessor functions
10253 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10254
10255 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
10256 {
10257     if ( m_table )
10258     {
10259         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
10260         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
10261         {
10262             int dummy;
10263             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
10264             rect.x = 0;
10265             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
10266             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
10267             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
10268         }
10269
10270         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
10271              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
10272              IsCellEditControlShown())
10273              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
10274              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
10275              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
10276         {
10277             HideCellEditControl();
10278             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
10279         }
10280     }
10281 }
10282
10283 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10284 // block, row and column selection
10285 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10286
10287 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
10288 {
10289     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10290         ClearSelection();
10291
10292     if ( m_selection )
10293         m_selection->SelectRow( row, false, addToSelected );
10294 }
10295
10296 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
10297 {
10298     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10299         ClearSelection();
10300
10301     if ( m_selection )
10302         m_selection->SelectCol( col, false, addToSelected );
10303 }
10304
10305 void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
10306                           bool addToSelected )
10307 {
10308     if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected )
10309         ClearSelection();
10310
10311     if ( m_selection )
10312         m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol,
10313                                   false, addToSelected );
10314 }
10315
10316 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
10317 {
10318     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
10319     {
10320         if ( m_selection )
10321             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
10322     }
10323 }
10324
10325 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10326 // cell, row and col deselection
10327 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10328
10329 void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row )
10330 {
10331     if ( !m_selection )
10332         return;
10333
10334     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows )
10335     {
10336         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) )
10337             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, 0);
10338     }
10339     else
10340     {
10341         int nCols = GetNumberCols();
10342         for ( int i = 0; i < nCols; i++ )
10343         {
10344             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) )
10345                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, i);
10346         }
10347     }
10348 }
10349
10350 void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col )
10351 {
10352     if ( !m_selection )
10353         return;
10354
10355     if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns )
10356     {
10357         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) )
10358             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(0, col);
10359     }
10360     else
10361     {
10362         int nRows = GetNumberRows();
10363         for ( int i = 0; i < nRows; i++ )
10364         {
10365             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) )
10366                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col);
10367         }
10368     }
10369 }
10370
10371 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
10372 {
10373     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
10374         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
10375 }
10376
10377 bool wxGrid::IsSelection()
10378 {
10379     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
10380              ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
10381                m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
10382 }
10383
10384 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
10385 {
10386     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
10387              ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() &&
10388                col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() &&
10389                row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() &&
10390                col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
10391 }
10392
10393 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
10394 {
10395     if (!m_selection)
10396     {
10397         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10398         return a;
10399     }
10400
10401     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
10402 }
10403
10404 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
10405 {
10406     if (!m_selection)
10407     {
10408         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10409         return a;
10410     }
10411
10412     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
10413 }
10414
10415 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
10416 {
10417     if (!m_selection)
10418     {
10419         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
10420         return a;
10421     }
10422
10423     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
10424 }
10425
10426 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
10427 {
10428     if (!m_selection)
10429     {
10430         wxArrayInt a;
10431         return a;
10432     }
10433
10434     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
10435 }
10436
10437 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
10438 {
10439     if (!m_selection)
10440     {
10441         wxArrayInt a;
10442         return a;
10443     }
10444
10445     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
10446 }
10447
10448 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
10449 {
10450     m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10451     m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
10452     if ( m_selection )
10453         m_selection->ClearSelection();
10454 }
10455
10456 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
10457 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
10458 //
10459 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft,
10460                                   const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight )
10461 {
10462     wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect );
10463     wxRect cellRect;
10464
10465     cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft );
10466     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10467     {
10468         rect = cellRect;
10469     }
10470     else
10471     {
10472         rect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
10473     }
10474
10475     cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight );
10476     if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
10477     {
10478         rect += cellRect;
10479     }
10480     else
10481     {
10482         return wxGridNoCellRect;
10483     }
10484
10485     int i, j;
10486     int left = rect.GetLeft();
10487     int top = rect.GetTop();
10488     int right = rect.GetRight();
10489     int bottom = rect.GetBottom();
10490
10491     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
10492     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
10493     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
10494     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
10495
10496     if (left > right)
10497     {
10498         i = left;
10499         left = right;
10500         right = i;
10501         i = leftCol;
10502         leftCol = rightCol;
10503         rightCol = i;
10504     }
10505
10506     if (top > bottom)
10507     {
10508         i = top;
10509         top = bottom;
10510         bottom = i;
10511         i = topRow;
10512         topRow = bottomRow;
10513         bottomRow = i;
10514     }
10515
10516     for ( j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
10517     {
10518         for ( i = leftCol; i <= rightCol; i++ )
10519         {
10520             if ((j == topRow) || (j == bottomRow) || (i == leftCol) || (i == rightCol))
10521             {
10522                 cellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
10523
10524                 if (cellRect.x < left)
10525                     left = cellRect.x;
10526                 if (cellRect.y < top)
10527                     top = cellRect.y;
10528                 if (cellRect.x + cellRect.width > right)
10529                     right = cellRect.x + cellRect.width;
10530                 if (cellRect.y + cellRect.height > bottom)
10531                     bottom = cellRect.y + cellRect.height;
10532             }
10533             else
10534             {
10535                 i = rightCol; // jump over inner cells.
10536             }
10537         }
10538     }
10539
10540     // convert to scrolled coords
10541     //
10542     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
10543     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
10544
10545     int cw, ch;
10546     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
10547
10548     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
10549         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
10550
10551     rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
10552     rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
10553     rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
10554     rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
10555
10556     return rect;
10557 }
10558
10559 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10560 // grid event classes
10561 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10562
10563 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10564
10565 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10566                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
10567                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10568         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10569 {
10570     m_row = row;
10571     m_col = col;
10572     m_x = x;
10573     m_y = y;
10574     m_selecting = sel;
10575     m_control = control;
10576     m_shift = shift;
10577     m_alt = alt;
10578     m_meta = meta;
10579
10580     SetEventObject(obj);
10581 }
10582
10583
10584 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10585
10586 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10587                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
10588                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10589         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10590 {
10591     m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol;
10592     m_x = x;
10593     m_y = y;
10594     m_control = control;
10595     m_shift = shift;
10596     m_alt = alt;
10597     m_meta = meta;
10598
10599     SetEventObject(obj);
10600 }
10601
10602
10603 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
10604
10605 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
10606                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
10607                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
10608                                                bool sel, bool control,
10609                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
10610         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id )
10611 {
10612     m_topLeft = topLeft;
10613     m_bottomRight = bottomRight;
10614     m_selecting = sel;
10615     m_control = control;
10616     m_shift = shift;
10617     m_alt = alt;
10618     m_meta = meta;
10619
10620     SetEventObject(obj);
10621 }
10622
10623
10624 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
10625
10626 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
10627                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
10628                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
10629     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
10630 {
10631     SetEventObject(obj);
10632     m_row = row;
10633     m_col = col;
10634     m_ctrl = ctrl;
10635 }
10636
10637 #endif // wxUSE_GRID